Nokia 6021 User Manual
Noki a 60 2 1 User Gu ide 9237275 Issue 3
DECLARATIO N OF CONFORMITY We, NO KIA CORPORA TIO N decl are u nder ou r so le r espons ibi lit y that the product RM-94 is i n confo rmit y with the p rov ision s of the fo llow ing Co uncil Dir ective: 199 9/5/ EC. A c op y of the De cla rat ion o f C onf orm ity can be fo un d fr om ht tp:/ /w ww. n okia .com / phon es/ de cl arat ion _of_ co n formi ty/ . Copy r ight é 20 05 Noki a . Al l ri gh ts res e rve d. The c ros sed- out whee led bi n m eans tha t wi thin the E uropean U nion t he produ ct mus t be tak en to separate collection at the product end-of life . This applies to your device but also to any enhancements ma rked with this symbol. Do not dispose of these products as unso rted muni cipal was te. Reprodu cti on, trans fe r, dis trib uti on or stor age of part or al l of t he co nten ts i n thi s docu men t in any for m without the prior written permission of Nokia is prohibited. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Xpress-on and Pop-Por t are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia Corpor ati on. Othe r prod uct and com pan y name s men tione d he rein may be t rade mark s o r tra denam es of th eir re spect ive own ers. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Corporation. Bluet ooth i s a re giste re d tra demark o f B luet ooth SI G, In c. US Patent No 5818437 and other pe ndin g patent s. T9 tex t inpu t softw are Copy righ t (C) 1997 -2005. Te gic Comm unications, Inc. All rights reserved. Inclu des RS A BS AFE c rypto gra phic or securi ty pro toco l softw are fr om R SA Se curi ty.
Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. This pr oduct is licen sed u nder th e MPEG-4 Vis ual P atent Po rtf oli o Lice nse (i ) for per sonal and no ncom m ercia l use in c onne ctio n wi th in form atio n w hich h as b een enco de d in c omp lian ce wi th t he MPEG-4 Visual Sta ndard by a co nsumer engaged in a p ersonal an d noncommercial activity and (i i) for use in co nnect ion with MP EG-4 vid eo pr ovid ed by a li cense d vid eo pr ovide r. N o lic ense i s gr anted o r sh all be impli ed f or any oth er us e. Addi ti onal i nfo rma tion i ncl udin g tha t rel ati ng t o promo tiona l, i nter na l and comm erci al uses m ay be ob tained from M PEG LA , LLC. See < http: //www.m pegla.co m>. Nokia oper ate s a poli cy of co ntin uous devel opmen t. N okia r ese rves t he r ight to ma ke cha nge s and impro veme nts to any of the prod ucts desc ribed in this documen t wi thout prio r not ice . Un der n o circ umst ance s sh all N oki a be r espo nsibl e for a ny l oss o f da ta or inco me or any speci al, inci den tal, c onse quenti al or in dir ect dam age s howsoe ver caus ed. T h e c o n t e nt s o f t h i s d o c u m e n t a r e p r o v i d e d " a s i s " . E x c e p t a s r e q u i r e d b y a pp l i c a b l e l a w , n o w a r r a n t ie s o f an y kin d, e ithe r exp res s or i mp lied , inc ludi ng, but not li mi ted to, th e im plie d w arran tie s of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose , are made in relation to the accuracy, reliability or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this document or withdraw it at any time without prior notice. The av aila bili ty of par ticu lar pr oduc ts ma y vary by re gion . Ple ase ch eck with th e No kia de aler near est t o you. This device may c ontain commod iti es, t echn ology or sof twa re sub ject t o expo rt laws and regul atio ns f rom the U S and ot her co untries . Div ersio n con trary to la w is p rohibit ed. 9237 275 /I ssu e 3
4 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Contents For your safety ..................................................... ............................................. 12 General information ............................................. ............................................. 16 Overvie w of functions ....................... ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 16 Acce ss codes ........................ ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...... ..................... 17 Security code .................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............. ................... ..... 17 PIN co des ........................... ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...... ..................... 17 PUK co des .......... ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 17 Barring p assword ............................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 18 Wallet code ....................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 18 Confi guration s ettings s ervice ........................ ................. ................................ ........................ ............. 18 Dow nload co ntent a nd appl ications .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 19 Nokia sup port and contact information ...... ................. ................................ ................................ ... .. 19 1. Get started .......................... .............................. ............................................. 20 Instal l the SIM card and the battery............. ................................. ................ ............................. ........ 20 Charge the battery ............................. ................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 22 Switc h the phone on and off .......................... ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..... 22 Antenna . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ...................... .......... ................ ..... 23 Wris t strap ............ ................................ ................ ................................. ....................... ......... ................ ..... 23 2. Your phone.......................... ............................................................ ............... 24 Keys and parts ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 24 Stand by mode ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............ .... ..................... 26 Persona l shortcut list ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 26 Shortc uts in the standby mode ................... ................................. ................ .............................. ....... 27 Power s aving .... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .. ................ ..... 27
5 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Indicators ........... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ......... ....................... ..... 27 Keyp ad lock (keyguard) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 29 3. Call funct ions ..................... ............................................................ ............... 30 Make a call ........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 30 Speed dialing .... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................. ................... ..... 30 Answe r or rej ect a call ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... ..... 31 Call w aiting....... ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ........... ..................... ..... 31 Opti ons during a call ......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 31 4. Write text .......................................................... .............................. ............... 33 Settings ................................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ................ ..... 33 Predi ctive text input .......................... ................................. ................ ............................... . ..................... 34 Write compo und words ................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 34 Traditi onal te xt input ........ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 35 5. Navigate the menus ....................................................................... ............... 36 6. Messages ........................................................... ............................................. 37 Text m essages (SMS) ......... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 37 Write and send a SMS message.. ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 38 Opti ons for se nding a mes sage................................. ................ ................................ ................ . .... 39 Read and reply to a SMS mess age ............. ................. ................................ ................................ .. ... 39 Templates .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................... ..... ................ ..... 40 Saved i tems fo lder a nd My folders ............................. ................ ................................ ................ . .... 40 Mult imedia me ssages (M MS).......... ................................. ................ ................................ ........... .......... 40 Write and send a multim edia message..... ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 41 Read and reply to a multime dia message ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 43 Message folders ............... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 44 Memo ry full .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..................... 44 Flash mes sages .................... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 45
6 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Write a message .............................. ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 45 Receive a mess age .......... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ... .................. 45 Instant mes saging (I M) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ... ............. ..... 45 Access the menu ............. ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ ..... 46 Connect to the inst ant messaging servi ce ................................ ................................ ................ ..... 4 6 Start an ins tant mes saging session ........... ................................. ................................ ................ . .... 47 Accept or reject an invitati on...... ................................. ................ ................................ .......... ........... 48 Read a message ............................... ................................. ................ ................................ ..................... 48 Participat e in a conve rsation ....................... ................................. ................................ .......... ...... ..... 49 Edit your availabil ity status ......................... ................................. ................ ........................ ........ ..... 49 Contacts fo r ins tant mes saging .. ................................. ................................ ................ .............. ....... 49 Block a nd unb lock me ssages ....... ................................. ................ ................................ ............. ... ..... 50 Groups ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ........................ ....... . ..................... 50 Publi c group s ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ . .............. ...... 50 Privat e groups ............... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ . ............... ..... 51 E-ma il application .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 51 Write and send an e-mail ............. ................ ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..... 52 Downlo ad e-mail ............. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 52 Read and reply to e-mai l .............. ................ ................................. ................................ ........ ........ ..... 52 Inbox and other folders . ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ................ ..... 53 Delete e-mai l messages ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ........ ............. 53 Voic e messages ................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 53 Info m essages ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..................... ..... 54 Service command s.............................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..................... 54 Delete messag es.................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 54 Me ssage settings ................................ ................................. ................ .............................. .. ............... ...... 54 Text an d SMS e-mail ...... ................................ ................. ................................ ..................... ........... ..... 54 Multim edia........ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ............ .................... ..... 55 E-mail . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ....................... ......... ................ ..... 56
7 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Font size ............................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 57 Me ssage counter. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .. ..................... 57 7. Call register ......................... ............................................................ ............... 58 Rece nt calls lists . ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 58 Count ers and timers .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 58 Positi oning inform ation .................... ................................. ................................ ................ ... .................. 59 8. Contacts ............................................................ ............................................. 60 Search for a conta ct .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 60 Save name s and phone numb ers ................... ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 60 Save num bers, items, or an image . ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 60 Copy contacts ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ........... ..... ..................... 61 Edit co ntact d etails ............ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .................. ..... 62 Delete contacts or contact detai ls ................ ................................. ................ ............................ ......... 62 Busi ness cards ..................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 62 My p resence ......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 63 Subs cribed n ames ............... ................................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 64 Add contacts t o the subsc ribed n ames ...................... ................ ................................ ................ ..... 64 View the subscribe d names .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ..... 65 Unsub scribe a c ontact ... ................................ ................. ................................ ...................... ............... 65 Settings . ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 65 Spee d dialing ....................... ................ ................................. ................................ .......... ...... ................ ..... 66 Voic e dialing ........ ................................ ................ ................................. ......................... ....................... ..... 66 Add and mana ge voice tags ......... ................................. ................ ................................ ............ .... ..... 67 Make a call with a voice ta g ....... ................................. ................................ ................ ........... .......... 67 Service numbe rs .................. ................................ ................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 68 My nu mbers ......... ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 68 Caller group s ........................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 68
8 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 9. Se ttings ............................................................ .............................. ............... 69 Profil es ... ................................ ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 69 Themes ... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........... ................ ..... 69 Tones ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................... ............................. ..... 70 Person al shortc uts .............. ................ ................................. ................................ .............. .. ..................... 70 Displa y ... ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ .... ............ ..................... 71 Time a nd da te ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 72 Call .......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ ................ ..... 72 Phon e ..................... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .... ............ ..................... 73 Conne ctivity ......................... ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... ..... 74 Bluetoot h wirele ss technol ogy .... ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..... 74 Set u p a Bluetooth connection ................... ................. ................................ .............................. .. ..... 75 Bluetoot h conne ction .... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ...... .......... ..... 76 Bluetoot h setting s .......... ................................ ................. ................................ .................. ................... 76 Infrared .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ........................ ........ ................ ..... 77 IR co nnectio n indicat or ............................. ................................. ................ .......................... ...... ..... 77 Packet da ta (EGPRS) ..... ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ ..... 78 Mod em settings ........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ..... 78 Enhanc ements ..... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................. ... ................ ..... 79 Confi guration....... ................................ ................ ................................. .......................... ...................... ..... 80 Secu rity.................. ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ................................. 81 Resto re factory settings.... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 82 10.Operator menu ................................................ ............................................. 83 11.Gallery ................................ ............................................................ ............... 84 12.Media ... ............................................................ ............................................. 85 Record er ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 85 Record sound .................... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 85
9 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Options afte r recording . ................................ ................. ................................ ...................... .......... ..... 86 13.Pus h to talk ..................................................... ............................................. 87 Push to talk menu .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 88 Conne ct to and disc onnect PTT ...................... ................. ................................ ........................... ..... ..... 88 Make and rec eive a P TT cal l ............................ ................................. ................ ....................... ......... ..... 89 Make a dial- out PTT ca ll ............... ................................. ................ ................................ ....... ......... ..... 89 Make a group call ........... ................................ ................. ................................ .................. ................... 90 Make a one-to -one call ................................ ................. ................................ ........................ ............. 90 Receive a PT T call ............ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 91 Callb ack requests ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............. .................. ...... 91 Send a callba ck requ est ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ....... ......... ..... 91 Respond t o a callback req uest .... ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..... 92 Save t he callb ack req uest sende r ............... ................................. ................ ............................... . ..... 92 Add a one -to-one contact ............................... ................. ................................ ....................... .............. 93 Crea te and set up groups . ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ ..... 93 Add a group ...... ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... ................ ..... 94 Receive an invi tation ..... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .... ............ ..... 95 PTT s ettings .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........................ ..... 95 14.Organizer ......................................................... .............................. ............... 97 Alarm clo ck........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 97 Stop t he alarm . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 97 Calen dar ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 98 Make a calend ar note .... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ...... .......... ..... 98 A not e alarm ..................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 98 To-do list ............................... ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 99 Not es ...... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................... ............. ................ ..... 99 Wallet..... ................................ ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. .................. 100 Access the wal let menu ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ .. 100
10 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Create a wall et profile ... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .... .............. 101 Wallet settin gs . ................................ ................ ................................. .............................. .................. .. 101 Making purc hases ........... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ .................. 102 Synchron izati on .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... .................. 103 Server s ynchroniza tion .................. ................ ................................. ................ ...................... .......... .. 103 Server synchro nization sett ings ............................... ................................ ................................ . . 104 PC synchroni zation ......................... ................................. ................ ................................ ................ .. 104 PC s ynchroniza tion se ttings ..... ................................. ................................ ................ .............. .... 104 15.Appli cations....................... ............................................................ ............. 105 Games a nd applicat ions ... ................................ ................................. ................ ..................... ............. 105 Game and application d ownl oads ............................... ................ ................................ ................ .. 106 Game settings .. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................... 106 Memory sta tus . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ .. 106 Calc ulator ............. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... .................. 107 Count down timer................ ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ............... ... 108 Stopw atch............. ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........ ................ .. 108 16.Web .................................... ............................................................ ............. 110 Set up bro wsing .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 110 Conne ct to a service .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 110 Brows e pages ....................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ .................. 111 Browse with pho ne ke ys ............... ................................. ................ ................................ ......... ....... .. 112 Options whi le browsing . ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ .. 112 Direct ca lling .... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................ .................... .. 112 Appe arance s ettings .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... .. 112 Cook ies .. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ..................... ............................. 113 Script s over secure connectio n....................... ................................. ................ ......................... ....... .. 114 Book marks ............ ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... .. 114 Receive a book mark........ ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .... ............ .. 114
11 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Downl oad file s..... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................... ..... ................ .. 115 Service inbox........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ......... ....................... .. 115 Service inbox settings .................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .. 116 Cache memory ..... ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... .................. 116 Brows er security . ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... ................ .. 116 Security module ............... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 117 Certificate s ........................ ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...................... .. 118 Digital sign ature .............................. ................................. ................ ............................... . .................. 119 17.SIM services ....................... ............................................................ ............. 120 18.PC connectivity ............................................... ........................................... 121 PC S uite . ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... .................. 121 Packet data, HS CSD, and CS D ......................... ................................. ................ .......................... ...... .. 121 Data c omm unication applicat ions. ................................. ................ ................................ .............. .... 122 19.Battery information .......... .............................. ........................................... 123 Chargi ng and disch arging ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ...... .......... .. 123 Nokia battery authent ication g uidelines ..... ................................. ................ ................................ .. 124 CARE AND MAINTENANCE.... ............................................................ ............. 127 Additional safety information ............................. ........................................... 129
12 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . For you r sa fet y Read thes e simple guid elines . Not follo wing them ma y be dangerous or illegal . Read the complete use r guide for further informat ion. SWI TCH ON S AFEL Y Do no t sw itch the phon e on w hen w irel ess phon e use is p rohibit ed o r when it may cause inte rferen ce or danger. ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRS T Obey all l ocal laws . Always keep your hands free to operate th e vehi cle while driving . Your first consider ation whil e driving should be road s afety. INTER FEREN CE All wireless phones may be susceptible to interference, which could affect performance. SWITCH OFF IN HO SPITA LS Follow any restr ictions. Sw itch the phone off nea r medi cal equi pment . SWITCH OFF IN AIRC RAFT Follow any restrictions. Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWITCH OFF W HEN REFUELLING Do not us e the phone at a refuelli ng point. Do not use n ear fuel or chemicals . SWITCH OFF NEAR BL ASTING Follow a ny restrictio ns. Do not use the phone wher e blast ing is in pro gress.
13 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . USE SEN SIB LY Use only in the no rmal posi tion a s expl ained in t he pro duct do cume ntati on. Do not touc h the a ntenna unne cessaril y. QUALIF IED SE RVICE Only qual ified pers onnel may insta ll or rep air this prod uct. ENHA NCEM ENTS AN D BA TTERIE S Use onl y appro ved enha ncement s and b atteries. Do not conne ct incom patible products. WATER-RESIS TANCE Your phone is not water-resista nt. Keep it dry. BACK-UP COPIES Remember to make back-up cop ies or keep a writt en record of a ll important information stored i n your phone. CONNECTIN G TO OTHER DEVICES When connecti ng to any other device, rea d its user guid e for detailed safety instru ctions. Do not connect incompatib le products . EMER GENC Y CALL S Ensu re t he p hone is switc hed on a nd in ser vice. Pr ess the end k ey as ma ny t imes as need ed to cle ar the dis play and return t o the start s creen. En ter t he emerge ncy number, then press t he call key. Give your location. Do n ot end the call unt il given permis sion to do so.
14 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Abou t you r dev ice Th e wire less de vic e desc ribe d in this gui de is appr oved for us e on the EGSM 9 00 an d GSM 1800 and 1900 networks. C ontact y our service pro vider for mo re informati on about ne two rk s. Wh en usi ng t he fe ature s in this de vic e, obe y all l aws an d resp ect th e p rivac y an d legi tima te righ ts of o th ers . Warn ing: To use a ny featur es in this device, oth er than the al arm clock , the device must be swi tched on. Do not switc h the devi ce on when wireless device use may cause inter fer ence or danger . â Networ k servic es To use the phone yo u must have service fr om a wireles s service pro vider. Ma ny of the feat ures in this device d epend on features in the wi reless network to funct ion. The se network services may not be available on all networks or you ma y have to make specific arrangements with your se rvice prov ider befor e you can utiliz e networ k services. Your se rvice prov ider may n eed to giv e you ad dition al i nstruc tions for their use an d expl ain w hat charges will apply. Some networks may have limita tions that affect how you can use netw ork servic es. For in stance, some netwo rks ma y not supp ort a ll langua ge-dep endent characters and services. Your ser vice pr ovid er m ay h ave re queste d th at ce rtain f eatur es be dis abled or no t act ivate d in your device. I f so, they will not a ppear on your device me nu. Your device may also have been specially co nfigure d for your network provi der. This config uration ma y include changes in menu names, men u order a nd icons. Cont act your servi ce provid er for more informa tion. This devi ce sup ports WA P 2.0 pro toc ols (H TTP and SS L) tha t run o n TCP /IP prot oc ols. S ome feature s of this device , such as text mes sages, multi media me ssages , instant mess aging service, e-mail ap plicatio n, pres ence enhanc ed contacts , mobil e Interne t servi ces, conten t
15 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . and a pplic atio n do wnl oad, an d sy nch roni zati on wi th a r emo te Inte rn et se rver, req uire netw ork s uppor t for th ese te chno logie s. â Sha red memo ry The foll owing featur es in this d evice may sha re memory: co ntacts, tex t messa ges, ins tant mes sages, S MS e-m ail, voice ta gs, cale ndar, a nd not es. U se of one or more of thes e feat ures may reduce the memo ry availa ble for the r emaining feature s sharing memory. For exa mple, saving many SMS e-mail may use al l of the avail able me mory. Your device may displa y a message tha t the memor y is full when you try to use a shared memory featur e. In this case , delete som e of the info rmatio n or entries stored in the shar ed memory fe atures be fore cont inuing. S ome of the feature s, such as co ntacts, text me ssages, i nstant mes sages and SMS e-mail may have a certain amount o f memory specia lly allo tted to them in addition to the memory s hared with other feat ures. â Enh anc em en ts A f ew p ra cti ca l r u les ab ou t a c ces so rie s and e nh an ce men ts ar e a s fo llo ws : ⢠Kee p al l acce ssor ies a nd enh ance ment s out of the rea ch of sma ll chil dren. ⢠When you disconne ct the power cord of any acces sory or enhancemen t, grasp and pull the plug, not the co rd. ⢠Che ck r egul arl y that enha nce ments in stall ed i n a v ehic le a re mo unte d and are opera tin g pro pe rly . ⢠Ins tallatio n of an y compl ex car enha ncement s must be made by qualifi ed person nel on ly.
16 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Gene ral information â Ov ervie w o f fun cti ons Your phone pr ovides many functions that are practical fo r daily use, such as a calendar, a clock, and an alarm clock. Your phone also suppor ts the following functions: ⢠Multimedia messaging. See Mult imedia message s (MMS) p. 40 . ⢠Instant messages. See Instant messaging (IM) p. 45 . ⢠Bluetooth t echnology. See Bluetooth wirele ss technology p. 74 . ⢠E-mail. See E-mail application p. 51 . ⢠Audible alerts to check the ba ttery s tatus and the network stat us using acoustic signals. See Pers onal shortcuts p. 70 . ⢠Presence- enhanced contacts. See My presence p. 63 . ⢠EDGE (Enhanc ed Data rates for G SM Evolution). See Packet dat a (EGPRS) p. 78 . ⢠Push to t alk. See Push to talk p. 87 . ⢠Java 2 Platform, Micro Edit ion, J2MEî. See Applications p. 105 . ⢠XHTML browser. See We b p. 110 .
17 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Acc ess c odes Security code The secur ity code (5 t o 10 digits) helps to protect your phone against unauthorized use . The preset code is 12345. To change the code and s et the phone to reque st the code , see Security p. 81 . PIN co des The pers onal identification number (PIN) code and the unive rsal personal identification numbe r (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digits) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized us e. See Security p. 81 . The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digits) may be supplied with the SIM card and is required for some functions . The module PIN is required to access the information in t he security module. See Security module p. 117 . The s igning PIN is required for the digit al signature. See Digital signat ure p. 119 . PUK c ode s The pers onal unblocking ke y (PUK) code and the univ ersal personal unbloc king key (UPUK) code (8 digits) is required to cha nge a blocked PIN code and UPIN code, respecti vely. The PUK2 code (8 digits) is required to change a blocked PIN2 code. If the codes are not supplied wi th the SIM card, contac t your local service provider for the codes .
18 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Ba rring pas sword The barring password (4 digits) is required when using the Call barring ser vice . See Security p. 81 . Wallet code The wallet code (4 to 8 digits) is required to access the wallet services. For further information, s ee Wallet p. 100 . â Con figu ratio n set tings serv ice To us e some of the net work servic es, such as mobile Internet services, MMS, or remote Internet server synchronization, y our phone must ha ve the correc t configuration s ettings. You may be able to r eceive the settings di rectly as a configuration mes sage. After receiving the settings you must save them on y our phone. The service provide r may prov ide a PIN th at is needed to save t he settings. For mor e information on ava ilability, c ontact your network oper ator, serv ice provider, nearest authorize d Nokia deale r, or visit the support area on the Nok ia Web site, <www.nokia.c om/support>. When you have receiv ed a conf iguration message, Configur ation sett. receive d is displaye d. To save the se tt ings, selec t Show > Save . If the phone requests Enter settings' PIN: , enter the PIN code for t he settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code , contact the service provider that supplies the settings. If no set tings are saved yet, these s ettings are s aved and s et as default configuration setti ngs. Otherwise, the phone as ks A ctivate save d configuration settings? .
19 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To dis card the r eceived s ettings, select Exit or Show > Dis card . To edit t he settings , see Configuration p. 80 . â Download c onte nt and applicat ions You may be able t o download new content (for example, themes) to the phone (network service). Select the download function ( for example, in the Gallery menu). To acce ss the download function, see t he respective menu descriptions. For the availability of different services , pricing, and t ariffs, c ontact your se rvice provider. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. â Nokia sup port an d contact info rmation Check w ww.nokia.com/support or your local N okia Web site for th e latest ver sion of this guide, additional information, downloads, and s ervices related to your Nokia product. On the W eb site, y ou can get information on the use of Nokia pr oducts and service s. If you need t o contact customer serv ice, check the list of local Nokia Care contact cent ers at www.nokia.com/cus tomerservice. For maint enance servic es, check your nearest Nokia Care s ervices loc ation at www.nok ia.com/repair.
20 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1. Get sta rte d â Ins tall the SIM ca rd an d the ba tter y Kee p al l SIM c ards out o f the reach o f sm all ch ildre n. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. Alwa ys s witc h the devi ce off , and disc onne ct the c har ger b efor e remo vin g the ba tt ery. 1. To remove the back cover of the phone, push the back c over relea se button (1), and slide the back cover towards the bottom of the phone (2). When the back cover is released, take it off the phone. 2. Remove th e battery by lifting it as shown. Inser t the SIM card into th e SIM card holder unt il it snaps into posit ion. Make sure that t he SIM card is properly inserted and t hat the golden contact area on the card is facing downwar ds.
21 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. To remove the SIM card, press the SIM card release (1), and s lide the SIM car d towards the top of the phone (2). 4. Position t he battery with the contacts aligned to the golden contacts of the phone. Insert the battery int o the ba ttery slot . 5. Align the back cove r on the back of the phone ( 1) with a gap above the top of the back cover of approximatel y 3 mm. Push the back c over up to the top of the phone to lock it (2).
22 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Char ge t he battery Warn ing: Use on ly batteri es, char gers, and enhancemen ts appro ved by Nokia for use with this particula r model. The use of any other types may invalidate a ny appro val or wa rranty, and may b e da ngerous . Check the model number of a ny charger before use wit h this device. This device is intend ed for use when supplied w ith power from A CP-7and A CP-12 charg ers. For availabili ty of approved enhanc ements , please check with you r dealer. When you dis co nne ct the pow er cord of a ny enh a nce men t, gra sp an d pull t he pl ug , no t t he c or d. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. Conn ect the lea d from the cha rger t o the socke t on the bottom of your phone. If the battery i s completely dis charged, it may take a few minutes bef ore the c harging indicator appears on the display or before any calls can be made . The c harging time depends on the charger and the ba ttery used. F or example , charging a ba ttery w ith the ACP- 12 charger takes approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes while the phone is in the standby mode. â Swi tc h t he pho ne on an d of f War ning : Do not switch the pho ne on when wir eless pho ne use is pro hibite d or when it may cause inte rferenc e or danger. Press the power key. If the phone asks f or a PIN or a UPIN code, enter the code (dis played as ****), and sel ect OK .
23 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Anten na Your d evice has a n interna l antenna. Note: As wi th an y othe r ra dio tra nsmi tting device , do no t touch t he anten na unne cessaril y when the device is switch ed on. Contact with th e antenna affects call quality an d may cause the dev ice to oper at e at a hi ghe r p ower le vel tha n otherwis e needed. Avoidin g contact with the antenna area w hen operating the d evice optimizes the antenna perfo rmance and the battery life. â Wris t s trap Thread t he wrist st rap as shown in t he picture a nd tighten it.
24 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 2. Y our phone â Keys and pa rts ⢠Power key (1) ⢠Earpiece (2) ⢠Loudspeaker (3) ⢠Volume key s (4) ⢠Push to t alk (PTT) a nd voice recorder acti vation key ( 5) ⢠Left selection, middle selection, and right selection key (6) ⢠5-way joystick (7) ⢠Call key (8) ⢠End key (9) ⢠Keypad (10) (depending on y our region) ⢠Charger connector (11) ⢠Pop-Port TM connector (12)
25 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . ⢠Push to talk (PTT) or voice recorder acti vation key ( 13) ⢠Infrared (IR) port (14)
26 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Sta ndb y mod e When the phone is r eady for use, and you have not e ntered any c haracters, the phone is in the standby mode. ⢠Name of the network or the operator logo (1) ⢠Signal st rength of t he cellular net work at y our current locat ion (2) ⢠Batter y charge level (3) ⢠Left selection key is Go to (4). ⢠Middle sel ection key is Men u (5) ⢠Right s election key is Na mes (6 ) or another s hortcut to a function that you selec t. See Personal sh ortcuts p. 70 . Operat or variants ma y have an o perator- specific name to a ccess an operator-spec ific Web site. Person al s hort cut lis t The left selection k ey is Go to . To vie w the functions in the pers onal shortcut lis t, select Go t o . To acti vate a function selec t it. To view a lis t with available functions, sele ct Go to > Opt ions > Select options . To add a function to the shortcut l ist, select Mar k . To remove a function f rom the li st, sel ect Unmark .
27 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To rearr ange the functions on your pe rsonal shortcut list, se lect Go to > Options > O rganise . Sele ct the desi red function, Move , and th e place where you want to move the f unction. Sh ortc uts in the st andb y m ode To ac cess the lis t of dialed numbers, press the call key once. Scroll to t he number or name t hat you w ant; and to call the number, pres s the call k ey. To open the web browser, press and hold 0 . To ca ll your voice ma ilbox, pres s and hold 1 . Use t he joystick as a short cut. Move the joystick r ight to acc ess push to talk (if available) or the calendar, left to start writing an SMS message, up, or down to acces s the list of contacts. Power s aving For power saving, a digital clock view overwrites the display when no phone function has been us ed for a certain per iod of time. Press any ke y to deactiv ate th e screen s aver. Indicators You have receiv ed one or several text , picture o r multimedia mes sages. See Read and repl y to a SMS message p. 39 or Read and reply t o a multimedia messa ge p. 43 .
28 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . The phone has registered a missed call. See Call r egister p. 58 . Your phone is connected to t he instant messaging service and the availability st atus is o nline or offline, r espectively . See Connect to the instant messaging service p. 46 . You have received one or se veral instant messages and you are connec ted to the ins tant messaging service. See Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvi ce p. 46 . The phone k eypad is loc ked. See Key pad lock (key guard) p. 29 . The phone does not ring for an incoming ca ll or text mes sage when Incoming call alert is s et to Off and Message alert tone i s se t to Off . See Tones p. 70 . The alarm cloc k is s et to On . See Alarm clock p. 97 . When the EG PRS connection mode Alway s online is selected and the EGPRS service is available, the indicator is shown on t he top left of the display. Se e Packet data (EG PRS) p. 78 . When the EG PRS connection is established, the indic ator is shown on the top left of the display. See Packet data (EGPRS) p. 78 and Browse pages p. 111 . The EGPRS connection is s uspended (on hold), for example if t here is an incoming or outgoing call du ring the EGPRS dial- up connection.
29 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . The loudspea ker has been activated, s ee Options during a call p. 31 . Calls are limited t o a clos ed user group. See Securit y p. 81 . A headset or handsfree is connected. A loopset or music stand is co nnected. Push to talk connection is active or suspended. Bluetooth connection indicator. See Bluetooth wireless technology p. 74 . â Key pad lock (key guard) To preve nt the keys fr om being accident ally press ed, select Menu , and press * within 3.5 seconds to lock the keypad. To unlock the ke ypad, selec t Unlock , and pr ess * . To ans wer a call w hen the ke yguard is on, press the call key. Whe n you end or reject the call, the key pad automatically locks. For Automatic keyguard , s ee Phone p. 73 . When the keygua rd is on, calls st ill may be pos sible to the of ficial eme rgency numb er programmed in to your device.
30 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. Call funct ion s â Mak e a cal l 1. Enter the phone number, inc luding the area code. For international calls, press * twice for the int ernational prefix (the charact er replaces t he internati onal access code ) and then e nter the c ountry code, the area code without the leading 0, if necessary, and the phone number. 2. To ca ll the number , press the call key. 3. To end the call or t o cancel the call attempt, press the end key. To mak e a call using names , search for a name or phone number in Contacts , see Search f or a contac t p. 60 . Pres s the call k ey to c all the number. To ac cess the list of up to 20 numbers you last c alled or attempt ed to call, pres s the call key onc e in the standby mode. T o call the number, select a number or name, and press th e call key . Speed dialing Assign a phone number to one of the s peed-dialing key s, 2 to 9 . See Speed dialing p. 66 . Call the number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press a speed-dial ing key , then the c all key. â¢I f Speed dialling is set to On , press and hold a speed-dialing k ey until the c all begins. See Speed dialling in Call p. 72 .
31 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Answe r or re je ct a c al l To ans wer an incoming c all, press th e call k ey. To end the call, press the end key. To rejec t an incoming call, press the end k ey. To mute t he ringing tone, select Silence . If a compatible headset supplied with the headset key is connected to the phone, to a nswer and end a call, press the heads et ke y. Ca ll wa it ing To ans wer the wa iting call during a n active call, pre ss the call key. The first call is put on hold. To end the active c all, press the end k ey. To ac tiv ate th e Call waiting funct ion, see Call p. 72 . â Options d urin g a call Many of t he options that y ou can use during a cal l are network services. For availability, contact your network operator or s ervice provider . During a call, select O ptions and fr om the following options: Call options are Mute or Unm ut e , Contac ts , Menu , Record , Lock key pad , Auto volume on or Aut o volume off , Loudspeaker or H andset . Network s ervices opt ions are Answer and Reject , H old or Unhold , New call , A dd to con fer en ce , E nd call , End all calls , and t he following: Send DTMF â t o send tone s trings Swap â to switch between t he active ca ll and the call on hold
32 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Transf er â to connect a call on hold to an active c all and disconne ct yourself Conference â to make a conference call that allows up to five persons to take part in a c onference cal l Private call âÂÂto dis cuss privately in a confer ence call War ning: Do not hold the de vice near your ear when th e loudspeaker is in use, becau se the volume may be extremely loud.
33 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 4. Writ e text You can e nter text (for example, w hen writing mes sages) using traditional or predictiv e text input. Wh en using traditional text input, pr ess a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until t he desired character appears. In predic tive text input you can enter a letter with a single k eypress. When you are writing t ext, predi ctive text input is indicated by and traditional t ext input by at the t op left of th e display. , , or appear next to the t ext input indic ator, indicat ing the charac ter case. To cha nge the charac ter case and the text input mode, pr ess # . indicates number mode. To change from t he letter to nu mber mode, press and hold # , and sel ect Number mode . â Sett ings To set the writing language, select Options > Writing language . Predicti ve text input is only available fo r the language s listed. Select Options > Dict ionary on to s et the pre dictive text input or Dict ionary off to set traditional text input.
34 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Pred ict ive te xt in put Predictive t ext input is based on a built -in dictionary to which you can also add new word s. 1. Start writing a word using the 2 to 9 keys. Press each key only onc e for a single letter. T he word c hanges af ter each k eypress. 2. When y ou have finished writ ing the word and it is correct, to co nfirm it, press 0 to add a space, or move the joys tick. Move the joys tick to th e right or to the left to move t he cursor . If the word is not c orrect, pre ss * repea tedly, or s elect Options > Matches . When the word that you want a ppears, confirm it. If ? is displayed a fter the w ord, the word y ou intended to wr ite is not in the dictiona ry. To add t he word to t he dictionary, selec t Spell . Enter the word (traditional t ext input is used), and select Save . 3. Start writing the next word. Wri te comp ound wo rds Enter th e first pa rt of the word, and move t he joystick to the right to conf irm it. Write the last part of t he word, and confirm the word.
35 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Tradit ional te xt in put Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all charact ers available under a number k ey are printed on the ke y. T he characters available depend on the language selecte d in the Phone language menu, see Phone p. 73 . If the next letter you want is located on t he same k ey as the present one, wait until the cursor appea rs, or move t he joystick and enter t he letter. The mos t common punctuation mar ks and spec ial characters are available under the 1 key.
36 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 5. N avigate the me nus The phone offers you an extensive r ange of f unctions that ar e grouped into menus. 1. To ac cess the menu, se lect Men u . 2. Use t he joystick to scroll through the menu and select a s ubmenu (for exa mple, Settings ). To change t he menu view , see Menu v iew in Display p. 71 . 3. If the menu c ontains submenus, s elect t he one t hat you want (f or example Call settings ). 4. If the selected menu contains further submenus, select the one that you want (for ex ample, Anykey answer ). 5. Select the setting of your choice . 6. To return to the previous menu lev el, select Back . To exit the menu, select Exit .
37 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 6. Messages The mes sage services can only be used if they are supported by your network or your service provider. Not e: When sending mes s ages, yo ur phone may di splay the wor ds Me ssag e sen t . This is a n indicatio n that the me s sage has been sent b y your device to th e messag e centre number p rogrammed int o your device. This is not an in dicatio n that the messag e has been rec eived at the intended des tination. For more deta ils about messag ing servic es, check with yo ur service pro vider. Important : Ex ercise caution w hen opening messa ges. Message s may contain mal iciou s soft ware or oth erwise be ha rmful to yo ur devi ce or PC. Note : Only device s that have compatib le features can receiv e and display messag es. The app earance of a message may vary de pending on the receiv ing device. â Te xt messag es (S M S) Using t he short message se rvice (SMS) you can send and receiv e multipart messages made of seve ral ordinary t ext messages (net work service ) that can contain pictures. Before y ou can send any text, picture, or e-ma il message, you must save y our message c enter number. See Message settings p. 54 . To che ck SMS e-mail service ava ilability and to subscribe t o the s ervice, cont act your service provider.
38 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Your device s upports th e sending of te xt messages beyond the ch aracter li mit for a single message. Longer messag es wil l b e sent as a ser ies of tw o or more mes sages. Your se rvice provider may charge accordingly. Charact e rs that use accen ts or other marks, a nd characters from some lang u age optio ns like Ch inese, take up more space l imiting the numbe r of chara cters that ca n be sent in a sing le message. At the top of the display, you can see the mes sage length indicat or that tracks the number of charact ers available. For exampl e, 10/2 means that you can still add 10 charac ter s for the tex t to be sent as tw o messag es. Wri te and send a SMS message 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Cr eate message > Text message . 2. Enter a mes sage. See Writ e tex t p. 33 . To insert text templates or a picture into the message, s ee Templates p. 40 . Each picture message compr ises several text messages. Sending one pictu re or multipart message may cos t more th an sending one text message. 3. To send the m ess age, sele ct Send , or press t he call key . Note : The pictur e messa ge fun ction can be us ed on ly if it i s supp orte d by y our netwo rk ope rato r or service prov ider. Onl y co mpati ble de vic es tha t offe r pict ure messag e features can rece ive and display pic ture messa ges. The appea rance of a message may va ry depending on the receivi ng device.
39 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Options for sendin g a message After you have w ritten a message, s elect Options > Sending options > Send to many to send th e message t o several recipie nts. Select Send as e-mail to s e n d a message as an SMS e-mail (net work service). Select Sending profile to u se a predefined message profile. To define a me ssage prof ile, see Text and SMS e-mail p. 54 . Rea d and r eply to a SM S m ess age is shown w hen you received an SMS me ssage or an SMS e-mail. The blinking indicat es that the me ssage memory is full. Bef ore you can r eceive new messages, delete some of your old mes sages in the Inbox folder. 1. To vie w a new mes sage, s elect Show . To view it later, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Mes sages > Inbox . If more than one message is received, sele ct the message that you want to read. indicates an unread message. 2. While reading a message, s elect Options , and delete or forward the me ssage; edit the message as a text message or an SMS e- mail, rename the message you are r eading or move it to another f older; or vie w or extract message det ails. You can a lso copy text from the beginning of the mes sage to your phone calendar as a reminder note. To sav e the picture in the Te mplates folder when reading a picture me ssage, selec t Save picture . 3. To r eply as a mes sage, s elect Reply > Text message , M ultimedia msg. , or Flash message . Enter the r eply message. When replying to an e- mail, first c onfirm or edit the e-mail address and subject. 4. To s end the message to the dis played number, se lect Send > OK .
40 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Tem plat es Your phone has text te mplates and pict ure templates that you can use in text, picture, or SMS e- mail message s. To ac cess the t emplate l ist, select Me nu > Mes sages > Sav ed items > Text messages > Templates . Saved items folder a nd My folders To organize your mes sages, yo u can move some of them to th e Saved items folder, or add new folders f or your me ssages. While reading a message, select Op tions > Move > the folder that y ou want to mov e the messag e > Select . To add a folder, s elect Menu > Messages > Saved items > Text messages > My folders . To add a folder if you have not saved any folder, select Ad d . Otherwise, sel ect Options > Add folder . To delet e a folder, select t he folder to be deleted and Options > D e lete folder . â Mul tim edia messa ges (MMS ) A multimedia message can c ontain text, sound, a picture, a calendar note, a business c ard, or a video clip. If t he message is too large, the phone may not be able t o receive it . Some net works allow text messages that include an Internet address where you can view the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia messages during a c all, a game, another J ava applicat ion, or an act ive browsing s ession over G SM data. Becaus e delivery of multimedia message s can fail for various reasons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communica tions.
41 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Write and send a multimedia m essage To set the settings f or multimedia messaging, see M ult imedia p. 55 . To check availability and to subscr ibe to the multimedia mes saging service, contact your service provider. 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Cr eate message > Multimedia msg. . 2. Enter a message. See Write text p. 33 . To ins ert a file, s elect Options > Ins ert and f rom the following options: Image , Sound clip , or Video clip â t o insert a f ile from Gallery New sound clip opens the Voice re c ord e r â to mak e a new record to be added to the mes sage Slide â t o insert a slide to the message. Your phone s upports multimedia messages that contain several pages (slides). Each slide can c ontain text, one image, a calendar note, a business c ard, and one sound clip. To open a desir ed slide if the message contains several slides, select Options > Pr e vious slide , Next s lide , or Slide list . To s et the interv al between t he slides, sele ct Options > Slide t iming . T o move the text component to the top or bot tom of the message, sel ect Options > Place text fir st or Place te xt last . Business card or Calendar note â to insert a business card or a calendar note in the me ssage The following opt ions may also be availa ble: Dele te to delete an image, slide, o r sound c lip from the mes sage, Clear text , Pr eview , or Save message . In More options the following op tions may be av ailable: Insert contact , Insert number, Message details , and Edit subject .
42 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 3. To send the m ess age, sele ct Send > Phone numbe r , E-mail address , or Many . 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, or enter the recip ientâÂÂs phone number or e- mail address, or search for it in Contacts . Select OK . The message is moved to the Outbox folder for sending. While the multimedia message is being s ent, the animated indicator is displaye d and you can use other functions on the phone. If the sending f ails, the phone tries to res end it a fe w times. If t his fails, the mes sage remains in the Outbox folder, a nd you can t ry to res end it later. If you select Save sent messages > Ye s , t he sent mes sage is saved in the Se nt items folder. Se e Multimedia p. 55 . Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred, or fo rwarded.
43 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Read and reply to a multimedia messa ge Important: Exercise cautio n when opening mes sages. Mult imedia message objects may contain malici o us sof tware or otherwis e b e harmfu l to your device o r PC. When your phone receives a multimedia message, the animated is displayed. When the message has been receiv ed, and t he text Multimedia message receive d ar e shown. 1. To read the message, select Show . To view it lat er, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Mes sages > Inbox . In the list of messages, indicates an unread message. Select the message t hat you want to view . 2. The f unction of the middle select ion key cha nges according t o the c urrently displaye d attachment in t he messag e. To vie w the whole message if the received mes sage contains a presenta tion, a sound c lip, or view a video clip, selec t Pl ay . To zoo m in on an image, select O ptions > Object s > selec t the ima ge > Zoom . To vie w a business card or ca lendar note or to open a theme obje ct, select Attachments > Op en . 3. To reply to the message, select O ptions > Reply > Text message , Multimedia msg. , or Flash message . Enter the reply message, and select Send . You ca n send the reply message only to the person who se nt you the original me ssage. Select Options to access available options.
44 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Messag e fold ers The phone saves the received multimedia message s in the Inbox folder. Multimedia messages that have not y et been sent are mov ed to the Ou tbox folder. The multimedia messages that you wis h to send lat er can be s aved in t he Saved items folder. T he multimedia mess ages that ha ve been sent are saved in the Sent items folder of the Multimedia msgs. submenu if the setting Save s ent messages is set to Ye s . See Multimedia p. 55 . â Memo ry f ull When y ou have receive d a new te xt message and the message me mory is full, blinks and T e xt msgs. memory f ull. Delete msgs. is shown. Select No , and delete some me ssages from a folder. To disc ard the wait ing message, s elect Exit > Ye s . When you have a ne w multimedia me ssage waiting and the memory for the messages is full, blinks and Multimedia memory full. View waiting msg. is shown. To view t he waiting mess age, select Show . Before you can save the waiting messa ge, delete old messages to free memory space. To save the message, sel ect Save . To dis card the wa iting message, select Exit > Ye s . If y ou select No , you can view the message.
45 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Flash me ssages Flash messages are t ext message s that are instantly displayed upon reception. Write a messag e Select Menu > Messages > Create me ssage > Flash message . Write your message. The max imum length of a flash messag e is 70 cha racters. To insert a blinking text into the message, select Option s > Insert blink c har . fr om the options list t o set a marker. The text after the marker blinks unt il a second marker is inse rted. Receive a mes sage A received flash mess age is not aut omatically saved. To r ead the messa ge, select Read . To extract phone number s, e-mail addr esses, and Web site addresses from the c urrent message , select Options > Use de tail . To save the mess age , se le ct Save and t he folder in w hich you want to save t he message. â Ins tant me ssagi ng (IM) Instant messaging (network ser vice) is a way to se nd short, simple text messages to online use rs. Before you c an use instant messaging, you must subscribe to t he service. To check the availability and costs, a nd to subscribe t o the service, contact your servic e provider, f rom whom you als o receive your unique ID, pas sword, and settings.
46 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . To set the required settings for the instant messaging service, see Connec t. settings in Ac ce ss th e m e nu p. 46 . The ic ons and te xts on the display may vary, depending on the instant mes saging service. Dependi ng on t he network, the active instant messaging conversation may consume the phone batter y faster, and you may nee d to connec t the phone t o a cha rge r. Access th e menu To ac cess the me nu while still of fline, select Menu > Messages > Ins tant messages . If more than one set of connection settings for the ins tant messaging service is availabl e, select t he desired one . If there is only one s et defined, it is selected automatic ally. The following options are shown: Login â to connect to the ins tant mess aging service Saved conv ers. â to vie w, erase or rename the instant messaging conver sations that you have save d during the ins tant messaging se ssion Connect. settings â to edit th e settings needed for messaging and presence connection Connect to the instant m essaging service To conne ct to the instant messaging service, enter t he Instant message s menu, activat e an inst ant messaging ser vice, and select Login . When the p hone has succe ssfully connected, Logged in is displayed. To dis connect from t he instant me ssaging service, select Logout .
47 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Sta rt an inst ant messa ging sess ion Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the s ervice. St art the servic e in different ways. Conversations â to view the list of new and read instant me ssages or invitations for insta nt messaging during t he active instant mes saging sessio n. Scroll to the message or invitation that you want, and select Open t o r e a d t h e m e s s a g e . indicates th e new and read gr oup messages. indicat es the new a nd the read instant messag es. indicates the invitations. The icons and texts on t he display may vary, depending on the instant messaging servi ce. IM contacts â to view t he contacts t hat you have added. Sc roll to the contact with whom you would lik e to cha t and select Chat or Ope n if a new contact is shown in the list. To add contact s see Contacts for instant messaging p. 49 . indicates the online and the of fline contacts in the phone contacts memory. indicates a blocked contact. indicates a contact t hat has been sent a new mess age. Groups > Public groups â to display the lis t of bookmarks to public groups provided by t he network operator or service provider. To start a instant mess aging session w ith a group, scroll t o a group, and s elect Join . Enter y our screen name that you want to use in the c onversation. When you have s uccessfully joined the group conver sation, you can s tart a group conver sation. To creat e a private group, see Groups p. 50 .
48 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Search > User s or Groups â to sear ch for other instant messaging users or public groups on the network by phone number, screen name, e-mail address, or name. If you select Gr oups , you can search for a group by a me mber in the group or by group name, topic, or ID. To start th e conversation when you ha ve found the user or the group th at you want, se lect O ptions > Chat or J oin group . Start a c onversation fr om Contac ts , see View the subscribed names p. 65 . Accept or reject an invitation In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service and you receive a new invitation, N ew invitation r eceived is displayed. To r ead it, sel ect Re a d . If mor e than one invitation is r eceived, scr oll to the invi tation you want, and s elect Open . T o join the private group conv ersation, select Acce pt , and enter the screen name; or to rejec t or delete t he invitation, select Options > Reject or Dele te . Rea d a message In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service, and you receive a new message that is not a mess age associate d with an active conversat ion, New instant message is displayed. To read it, select Read . If you receive more than one me ssage, s croll to the me ssage, and select Open . New messages receiv ed during an active c onversation are held in Instant messages > Conversations . If you receiv e a mess age from someone w ho is not in IM contacts , the sender ID is displayed. To save a new cont act that is not in the phone memory, select Options > Save contact .
49 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Particip ate in a convers ation To join or start an instant messaging se ssion, select Writ e . Write your message , and se lect Send or pr ess the call key to send it . Select Opt ions to acces s available options. Edit your ava ilabilit y status 1. Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the ins tant messaging servi ce. 2. To view and edit your own availability information, or screen name, select My settings . 3. To allow all the other instant mess aging users to s ee you when you are online, sel ect A vailability > A vailable for all . To allow only the contacts on your instant messaging contact list to s ee you when you are online, select A vailability > Avail. for contacts . To appea r as being of fline, select A v ailability > A ppe ar offline . When you are connect ed to the ins tant mess aging service, indicates t hat you are online, and indicates that you ar e not visible to others. Cont acts fo r instant mes sagi ng To add contacts to t he instant messaging contac ts list, connect t o the inst ant messaging s ervice, and s elect IM contacts . To add a conta ct t o the list, select Options > A dd cont act , or if yo u have no contact s added, select Add . Select Enter ID manually , Search fr om serv . , C opy from server , or By mobile number .
50 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Scroll t o a contact, and to start a convers ation, select Chat or Options > Contact info , Block c ontact or Unblock contact , Add contact , Remove contact , Change list , Copy to server , or A vailability aler ts . Block an d unblock m essag es To block messages, connect to t he instant me ssaging service, and select Conversations > IM contacts ; or join or start a c onversation. Scr oll to the cont act from whom you want t o block incoming messages, and select O ptions > Bloc k contact > OK . To unblock the message s, connect t o the insta nt messaging s ervice, and s elect Blocked list . Scroll t o the contac t from whom you want to unblock the mes sages, and se lect Unblock . Grou ps You can creat e your own pri vate groups for an instant mes saging conversation, or use the public groups provided by t he service provider. The privat e groups exis t only during an instant messaging c onversation. The groups are saved on t he server of the service provider. If t he server you are logged on to does not s u pport group service s, all group-related me nus are dimmed. Public groups You can boo kmark public Gr oups th at your service provider may maintain. Connect to the instant messaging s ervice, and select Public groups . Scroll to a group with which you want to c hat, and select Join . If yo u are not in the group,
51 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . enter y our screen name as your nickname for the gr oup. To delete a group from your group list, se lect Option s > Delete group . To s earch for a group, select G roups > Public groups > Search groups . You can search for a group by a member in the group, by group name, topic, or ID. Priva te group s Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvice, and se lect Groups > Create group . En ter the name for the gr oup and the screen name that you want t o use. Mark the private group members in t he contacts list, and writ e an invitation. â E-m ail app licat ion The e- mail applicat ion allows you to access your compatible e-mail acc ount from your phone whe n you are not in the of fice or at home. This e-mail application is different f rom the SMS and MMS e-mail funct ion. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before you can send and retrieve any e-mail, you may need to do t he following: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail ac count or use the current one. For avail ability of your e-mail a ccount contact y our e-mail service provider. ⢠For the settings required for e-mail, cont act your e -mail service pr ovider. You may rece ive the e -mail confi guration settings as a configuration mes sage. See Configuration settings service p. 18 . You can also ent e r the settings manually. See Configuration p. 80 . To a ctivate the e-mail settings, s elect Men u > Messages > Messa ge set tin gs > E-mail messages . See E- mail p. 56 . This application does not s upport keypad tones.
52 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Wri te and send an e-mail 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > E- mail > Create e-mail . 2. Select Edit t o enter the r ecipientâÂÂs e- mail address a nd a subject . 3. Select Options > Message editor to enter th e text mes s age . 4. Select Send > Send now . Dow nloa d e-m ai l 1. To ac cess the e -mail applicat ion, select Menu > Messages > E-mail . 2. To downloa d e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e- mail account, sel ect Re tr ie ve . To downloa d new e-mail messages and s end e-mail that has been saved in the Outbox folder, s elect Options > Retrieve and s end . 3. Select the new mes sage in Inbox . To v iew it la ter, select Ba ck . indicates an unread message. Rea d and re ply to e-mail Important : Ex ercise cauti o n when ope ning messag es . E-mail messages may cont ain ma licious sof tware or o therwis e be ha rmful to yo ur dev ice or PC. Select Menu > Messa ges > E- mail > Inbox and select the desired message. While read ing the message, select Options to view t he available options. To reply to an e- mail, select Reply > Original t ext or Empty screen . To reply t o many, s elect Options > R eply t o all . Confirm or edit the e-mail address and subject; t hen write y our reply. To send the me ssage, s elect Send > Send now .
53 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Inbo x and other folder s Your phone sa ves e-mail that you downloa d from your e- mail account in the Inbox folder. Other folders contains t he folders: Draf ts for sav ing unfinished e- mail, Arc hi v e for organizing and saving your e-mail, Outbox for saving e-mail that have not bee n sent, and Sent items for saving e-mail t hat have been sent. Del ete e-mail mes sages To dele te e-mails, s elect Menu > Mess ages > E-mail > Opt ions > Dele te messages . To delet e all messages from a folder , select th e folder from which you want to delete the messages and press Yes . To delet e all messages from all folders, sel ect All messages and press Ye s . Note that deleting an e-mail from your phone does not de lete it f rom the e-mail se rver. â V oice messa ges The v oice mailbox is a network service and you may need to subscribe t o it. F or details, c ontact your s ervice provider. To ca ll your v oice mailbox, s elect Menu > Messages > V o ice messages > Li sten to voice me ssages . To e nter, search for, or edit your voice mailbox number, select Voice mailbox number . If suppor ted by the network, indicates t hat there are new voice messages. Select Lis ten to call y our voice mailbox number.
54 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Inf o mess age s Select Menu > Messa ges > Inf o messages . With this network service, y ou can receive messages on va rious topics from your s ervice prov ider. To check availability, topics, and the relevant topic numbers, contact your ser vice provider. â Serv ice co mm ands Select Menu > Messa ges > Ser vice commands . W rite and send s ervice re quests (also k nown as USSD commands ) to your s ervice prov ider, such as act ivation commands for network services. â Dele te mess ages To dele te all message s from a fol der, select Me nu > Messag es > D elete messages and t he folder fr om which you wa nt to delet e the message s. Select Ye s , and if the folder contains unread messages, the phone asks w hether you want t o delete them also. Select Yes aga in . â Messa g e se tting s Te xt and SMS e-mail The message settings affect the sending, receiving, and viewing of t e xt and SMS e-mail me ssages. Select Menu > Messa ges > Mes sage settings > Text messages and f rom the following opt ions:
55 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Sending profile â If more than one mes sage profile s et is supported by your SIM card , select t he set you want to change. The following options may be a vailable: Message centr e number (delivered from your service provider), Messa ges s ent vi a , M e ssage validity , D ef ault recipient number (text messages) or E-mail server (e- mail), Delive ry reports , Use pa cket data , Reply via same centre ( network serv ice), an d Rename sending profile . Save s ent messages > Ye s â Set the phone to save th e sent text messages in t he Sent items folder. Multimedia The mes sage settings affect sending, receiv ing, and viewing multimedia message s. Select Menu > Messa ges > Mes sage settings > Multimedia msgs. and from t he following opt ions: Save sent mes sages > Ye s â to set the phone to save s ent multimedia messages in the Sent items folder Deliver y reports â to ask the net work to send deliv ery repor ts about y our messages (netw ork service) Scale image down â to define the image size whe n you insert an image to a multimedia message Default slide timing â to def ine the default time between s lides in multimedia messages
56 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Allow multimedia reception > Yes or No â t o receive or to block the multimedia message. If you select In home network , you cannot receiv e multimedia me ssages when outside your home network. Incoming multimedia mes sages > Re tri eve , Ret rieve manually , or Rejec t â t o allow t he reception of multimedia message s automatically, manually after being prompted, or to reject the reception Configuration settings > Configuration â Only the configur ations that s upport multimedia messaging are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for multimedia mes saging. Select A c count and a multime dia messaging service account conta ined in the active configuration s ettings. Allow adverts â to receiv e or rejec t advertisements. This setting is not shown if Allow multimedia reception is se t to No . E-ma il The s ettings affect sending, rece iving, and viewi ng e-mai l. You may rec eive the configuration sett ings for the e- mail applicat ion as a configuration mes sage. See Conf iguration set tings service p. 18 . You can als o enter th e settings manual ly. Se e Configur ation p. 80 . To activate the settings for the e-mail application, select Menu > Messages > Message settings > E-mail messages and fr om the following options: Configuration â Select the set that you would like to ac tivate. Account â Sel ect an account provided by t he service provider. My name â Enter your name or nick name.
57 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . E-mail addres s â Ent er e-mail address. Include signature â You ca n define a signature that is automatically adde d to the end of your e-mail w hen you write your message . Reply-to addr ess â Enter the e-mail address to which you want t he replies to be sent. SMTP user name â Enter t he name t hat you want to us e for out going mail. SMTP password â Ent er the password that you w ant to use f or outgoing mail. Display t erminal window â Select Yes to perform manual us er authentication for intranet connec tions. Incoming server type â Select either POP3 or IMAP4 , depe nding on the type of e- mail system t hat you are using. If bot h types are s upported, select IMA P4 . Incoming mail settings â Select available options for POP3 or IMAP4. Fon t s ize To cha nge the font size for r eading and writing messages, select Men u > Messages > Message settings > Other settings > Font s ize . â Messa g e co unter Select Menu > Messages > Message counter for approximate information on your recent communications.
58 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 7. Call regist er The phone registers the phone numbers of identified missed, received, and dialed calls ; the me ssage recipients; and t he approx imate length of your calls. The phone registers if it is switched on and w ithin the networkâÂÂs service area, and the network supports these functions. â Re cent ca lls lists When you select O ptions in the Missed c alls , Receive d calls , or Dialled number s menu, you can view t he time of the call; edit, view, or call the r egistered phone number; add it to the memor y; or delet e it from t he list. You ca n also send a t ext message. T o delete the recent calls lists, s elect Clear recent call lis ts . â Cou nters an d time rs Not e: The actual invoice for calls and services fro m your service provider may vary, dependi ng upon network f eatures , rounding -off for bi lling, tax e s and so fort h. Some timers, including the life timer, may be re set during service or software upgrad es. Select Menu > C all register > C all duration , P acket dat a counter , or Packet data connection t imer for approximate information on your recent communications.
59 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â P os ition ing in forma tion Some net works allow position requests (net work service). Pos itioning allows you to view t he received position reques ts from the net work opera tor. Contact yo ur network operator or service provider t o subscribe t o and agree upon t he deliver y of location information. Select Menu > C all register > P ositioning > P os ition log to s ee a list of received position reques ts.
60 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 8. Contac ts You can s ave names and phone numbers ( Contacts ) in the phone memory and in the SIM card me mory. The phone memory may sa ve contacts with numbers and t ext items . You can also save an image for a certain number of names. Names and numbe rs saved in the SIM card memory are indicate d by . â Sea rch for a contac t Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Search . Scr oll through the list of contacts, or ent er the first le tter of the name for which you are s earching. â Sav e n ames an d ph one num ber s Names and numbe rs are saved in the us ed memory. Selec t Menu > Contacts > Add new contact . Enter the name and the phone number. â Save numbers , ite ms, o r an imag e In the phone memo ry for contacts, you can s ave different types of phone number s and short text items per name. The fir st number you sa ve is automat ically set a s the defa ult number. It is indicat ed with a frame around the number type indicat or (for example, ).
61 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . When you select a name (for example , to mak e a call), the default number is used unless you selec t another number. 1. Make s ure that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . 2. Scroll t o the name to which you want to add a new number or text item, a nd sel ect Details > Options . 3. To add a number, selec t A dd number and one of the number t ypes. To s et the select ed number as t he default numbe r, select Set as default . To cha nge the number t ype, scroll to the desired number , and select Options > Change type . To add a detail, select Add detail and a detail type. To add a image, se lect Add image and an image from Gallery . To s earch for an ID f rom the ser ver of your service provider if you hav e connected to the presen ce service, select Us er I D > Se arch . See M y presence p. 63 . If only one ID is f ound, it i s automatically sa ved. Other wise, to sa ve the ID, select Options > Save . To ent er the ID, s elect Enter ID manually . â Copy c ontacts Search f or the cont act you want to copy, and select Contacts > C opy . You can copy name s and phone numbe rs from the phone c ontact memory to t he SIM card memory or vice versa. T he SIM card memory can s ave names w ith one phone numb er atta ched to th em.
62 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Edit c ontact details 1. Search for t he contact you want t o edit, selec t D etails , and scroll to t he desired name, number, text item, or image. 2. To edit a name, number, or text item, or to c hange an image, select Options > Edit name , Edit number , Edit detail , or Change image . You cannot edit an ID when it is on th e IM contacts or Subscribed names list. â Dele te con tact s or con tact details To delete a contact, search for the desired contact, and s elect O ptions > Del ete . To dele te a number, text item, or an image at tached to t he contact, search for the contact, and select the desired detail > Options > Delete number , Delete detail , or Delete image . Deleting an image from cont acts does not delete it fr om Gallery . To dele te all co ntacts and the d etails attached to them from the phone or SIM card memor y, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Delete > O ne by one or Delete all > From phone mem. or From SIM card . Confirm wit h the secur ity code. â Bu sine ss ca rds You can s end and receive a pers onâÂÂs contact informat ion from a compatible dev ice that s upports the vCard s tandard as a business card. To send a business card, search for the cont act whose information you want to send, and select O ptions > Send bus. c ard > Via multimedia , Via t e xt message , Via infrared , or Via Bluetooth .
63 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . When you have received a busines s card, s elect Show > Save to save the bus ine ss card in t he phone memor y. To discar d the busines s card, se lect Exit > Yes . â My pr es ence With t he presence s ervice ( network ser vice) you can share your presence s tatus with other users with compatible devices and access to the service. Presence status include s your availabili ty, status message, and per sonal logo. Oth er users who have access t o the serv ice and who request your infor mation are able to see your status. The requested information is s hown in Subscribed names in the viewer sâ Contacts menu. You ca n personalize t he information t hat you wa nt to share wi th others and control who can see your status. Befor e you can use presence , you must subscr ibe to the servic e. T o check t he availability and costs, and to subs cribe to the s ervice, cont act your network operator or service provider, from whom you also r eceive y our unique ID, passwor d, and the settings for t he service. See Configuration p. 80 . While you are connected to the presence servic e, you can us e the other functions of the phone; the pres ence service is active in the bac kground. If you disconnect from the s ervice, your pr esence status is shown f or a certain amount of time t o viewers , depending on t he service provider. Select Menu > Cont ac ts > My presence and from the f ollowing options: Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice or Dis connect from service â to connect t o or disconnect from the service. View my pres ence â to v iew the stat us in Private pres. and Public presence .
64 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Edit my pr esence â to change your presence s tatus. Select My availability , My presence message , My presence logo , or Show to . My viewers > Cu rrent view e rs , Private list , or Blocked list Settings > Show cur rent presence i n idle , Synchronise w ith profiles , Connection type , or Pres ence settings â Sub sc ribe d names You can c reate a list of contacts whose presence status information you want to be aware of. You c an view th e information if it is allowed by the c ontacts and the network. To view these subscribe d names, scroll t hrough the cont acts, or use the Subscribed names menu. Make su re that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . To conne ct to the presence s ervice, select Menu > Contacts > M y presence > Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice . Add conta cts to th e subs cribed name s 1. Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Subscribed names . 2. If you have no c ontacts on your list, select Add . O ther wise, select Options > Subscribe new . The list of your contacts is shown. 3. Select a contact from the list and if the cont act has an us er ID s aved, the contact is added to th e subscribed names list.
65 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . View the s ubscribed names To vie w the pres ence informat ion, see Search fo r a contact p. 60 . 1. Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Subscribed names . The s tatus information o f the first contact on the s ubscribed names list is displaye d. The infor mation that the person wants to give t o the others may include text and some of the following ic ons: , or indicate that the pe rson is avail able, discreet or not available. indicates that the personâÂÂs presence information is not available. 2. Select Detail s to view t he details of the selec ted cont act; or se lect Options > Subscribe new , Chat , Send me ssage , Send bus. card , or Unsubscribe . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a contact from the Contacts list, s elect the c ontact, and D etails > the user ID > O ptions > Unsubs cribe > OK . To unsubscribe, use the Subscribed names menu. See View the sub scribed names p. 65 . â Sett ings Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Settings and from the following opt ions: Memory in use â to s elect SIM card or phone memory fo r your contacts Contacts view â to select how the names and numbers in contacts are dis played Memory status â to view the free and used memo ry capacity
66 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Spee d dia ling To as sign a number to a speed-dialing k ey, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to t he speed-dialing number that you want. Select Assign , or if a number has alr eady been assigned to the k ey, select Options > C hange . Select Search , the name, then t he number you want to assign. If the Speed dialling function is off, the phone asks whether you want to activate it. See also Speed dialling in Call p. 72 . To mak e a call us ing the speed-dia ling keys, see Speed dialing p. 30 . â V oice di alin g You can ma ke a phone c all by saying a voice tag that has bee n added to a phone number. Any s poken words, s uch as a name, can be a voice t ag. The number of voice tags you can c reate is limited. Before using voi ce tags, note th e followin g: ⢠Voice tag s are not la nguage-depend ent. They are depe ndent on the speaker 's voice. ⢠You must say the n ame exactly as you said it when you recorded it. ⢠Voice tag s are se nsitive to backgroun d noise. Record voice tags , and use th em in a quiet environme nt. ⢠Very sho rt names are n ot accepted. Use long names, and avoid s imila r names for different nu mbers. Note : Using voice ta gs may be difficu lt in a noisy en vironmen t or during an emerge ncy, so you shoul d not rely solely u pon voice di aling in all circumstances .
67 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Add an d manag e voic e ta gs Save or copy the contact s to the phone memory for which y ou want to add a voice tag. You can also add voice tags to the names in the SIM card, but if you replace your SIM card with a new one, y ou must first del ete the old v oice tags bef ore you can add new ones. 1. Search f or the contact to which you want t o add a voice tag. 2. Select Detail s , scroll to t he desired phone number, and sele ct Options > Add voice ta g . 3. Select Start , a nd sa y clearl y the word s you want to record as a voice tag. After recording, the phone plays the recor ded tag. appears behind the phone number w ith a voic e tag in Contacts . To che ck the voice tags , selec t Menu > Contacts > V oice tags . Scroll to the contact with the voice tag that y ou want, and sele ct an option t o listen to, delet e, or change t he rec orded voice t ag. Make a call with a voice tag If the phone has an a pplication running that is sending or receiving data using a GPRS connection, you must end the application before voice dialing. 1. In the standby mode, pres s and hold the volume dow n key. A short to ne is heard, and Spe ak now is displayed. 2. Say t he voice tag clearly. The phone plays the r ecognized voice tag and dials the phone number of the v oice tag after 1.5 seconds. If you ar e using a compatible headset wit h the headset key, press and hold the headset k ey to st art the voice dialing.
68 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Serv ice nu m bers Your service provider may have included service numbers in your SIM card. These menus are only shown if s upported by your SIM card. â My nu mbers To vie w the phone numbers assigned to your SIM card, if the numbers are included on your SIM card, elect Menu > Contacts > My numbers . â Cal ler g roups Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Caller groups to arrange t he names and phone numbers saved in the memory into caller groups with dif ferent ringing tones and group images.
69 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 9. Sett ings â Pro fil es Your phone has various sett ing groups, called profiles, for w hich you can customize the phone tones for different ev ents and envir onments. Select Menu > Set tings > Profiles and a pr ofile. To ac tivate the selected pr ofile, selec t Ac tiva te . To personalize the profile, select P ersonalise . Select the setting you want t o change, and make the changes. T o chan ge your presence status informat ion, sel ect My p re sen c e > My availability or My presence message . The My pre se nc e menu is available if you set Synchronise with profiles to On . See My pr ese n ce p. 63 . To set the profile to be active until a certain time up to 24 hours, select Timed , and set the time the profile setting shall end. When the time set for the profile expires, the previous profile that was not timed becomes active. â Theme s A theme contains many elements for personalizing your phone, such as wallpaper, screen saver, color s cheme, and a ringing tone. Select Menu > Set tings > Themes and from t he following options: Select theme â to set a theme in y our phone. A list of folders in G allery opens. Open the Themes folder, and select a t heme.
70 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Theme downloads â to open a list of links to download mor e themes. See Download files p. 115 . â Tones You can c hange the s ettings of the s elected active profile. Select Menu > Set tings > Tone set tings .> Incoming call alert , Rin gin g to ne , Ringing volume , Vibrat ing alert , Push to talk settings , Message alert tone , Instant message alert tone , K eypad tones , and Warning tones . You c an find the same settings in the Profiles menu. See Profiles p. 69 . To set the phone to ring only for calls from phone numbers t hat belong to a selected caller group, select Alert for . Sc roll to t he caller group you want or All calls , and select Mark . â P e rsona l sh ortcut s With persona l shortcuts, you get quick ac cess to oft en used functions of the phone. T o manage the shortcuts, select Men u > Settings > P ersonal shortcuts and from the f ollowing options: Right select ion key â to selec t a function f rom the lis t for the right selection k ey. See als o Standby mode p. 26 . This menu may not be s hown, depending on your service provider. Voice commands â to activat e phone functions by saying a voice tag. Select a folder, scroll to a function to which yo u want t o add a voice ta g, and select Add .
71 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . indicates a voice t ag. To add a voice command, se e A dd and manage voice tags p. 67 . To acti vate a voice command, see Make a cal l with a voice tag p. 67 . Among the functions you can activate by V oice c ommands ar e Audible alerts to check the battery status or the network s tatus using audible signals (beeps): one beep > low two beeps > rather low three be eps > rather strong four beeps > strong different tone > no ne twork coverage â Disp lay Select Menu > Set tings > Display settings and from t he following options: Wallpaper > On â t o add a background ima ge to the display in the standby mode. To s elect a wallpaper , sele ct Image and an image from t he Gallery . To download more images, select Graphic downloads . Screen saver > On â to activ ate a screen save r. To set the tim e afte r which t he screen save r is activated, select Time-out . To select a graphic f or the s creen saver , sel ect Im a g e and choose an image f rom the Gallery . T o download more images, sel ect Graphic downloads . Colour schemes â to change the color in some dis play components (for ex ample, menu back ground color and signal a nd battery bar colors ) Select Menu view t o set the way the phone displays t he main menu.
72 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Operator logo â to set your phone to displa y or hide the operator logo. T he menu is dimme d if you have not saved the operator logo. F or more informa tion on availability of an operat or logo, contac t your network ope rator or s ervice provider . â Time and dat e Select Menu > Set tings > Time and date settings and fr om the following options: Clock â to set t he phone t o show th e clock in the standby mode, adjust t he clock, and se lect the t ime zone and the time f ormat Date â to set t he phone t o show the dat e in the standby mode, s et the dat e, and select the date format and date separator Auto-update of date & t ime (network service) â t o set the phone to automatic ally update the time and da te according to the current time zone â Call Select Menu > Set tings > Call se ttings and from t he following options: Automatic volume control â t o set the phone to automat ically adjust th e speaker volume ac cording to the bac kground noise Call divert (network service) â to divert your incoming calls . You may not be able to divert your call if some call barring functions are active. See C all barring service in Security p. 81 . Anyk ey answer > On â to ans wer an incoming c all, briefl y press any key except the end key and the left and r ight selection keys.
73 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Automatic redial > On â to set your phone t o make a max imum of 10 attempts to connect t he call af ter an unsucces sful call at tempt Speed dialling > On â to act ivate speed dialing. T o set up speed dia ling, see Speed dialing p. 66 . To dial, press and hold the cor responding number ke y. Call waiting > Acti vate â t o set the network to not ify you of an incoming call while yo u have a call in progr ess (network s ervice). See Call waiting p. 31 . Summary after call > On â to briefly dis play the approximate duration and cos t (network service) of t he call aft er each call Send my cal ler ID ( network s ervice) > Yes , No , or Set by ne twork Line for outgoing calls (network service) â to select the phone l ine 1 or 2 to make calls if supported by your SIM c ard â Phon e Select Menu > Set tings > Ph o ne s etting s and from the f ollowing options: Phone language â to set the display language of your phone. If you select Automatic the phone selects the language ac cording to t he information on the SIM card. Memory status â to view the free memory a nd the used memor y in Gall ery and Messages Automatic keyguard â to set the keypad of your phone to lock automatically aft er a preset t ime delay when the phone is in the standby mode and no function of the phone has been used. Select On , and you can set the time from 5 seconds to 60 minutes.
74 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . When the keygua rd is on, calls st ill may be pos sible to the of ficial eme rgency numb er programmed in to your device. Cell info display > On â to r eceive informa tion from the ne twork operat or depending on the network cell us ed (network service) Welcome note â to enter a welcome note t o be show n briefly whe n the phone is switched on Operator selection > Automatic â to s et the phone automatica lly to select one of the cellular networks available in your area. With Manual , you can select a network that has a r oaming agreement w ith your home ne twork operator. Confirm SIM service actions â See SIM services p. 120 . Help text activation â to se lect whether the phone shows help te xts Start-up tone â to select whether the phone pl ays a start -up tone when t he phone is switched on â Conn ecti vit y You can c onnect your phone to compatible dev ices using an infrared or Bluetooth wireless technology connection. You can als o define the settings for packet data dial-up c onnections. Bluetoo th wireless techn ology This devi ce is c omplia nt wit h Blue tooth S pecific ation 1.2 sup porti ng th e follo wing profil es: Hand s-fr ee, he ad set pro file , ob ject p ush profil e, fil e tr ansfe r pro file , dia l-up n etwo rkin g prof ile, SIM a cces s profi le, se rvice disco very profi le, Ge neric Acce ss Pro file , seri al por t
75 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . profile , and Generic Ob ject Exchang e Profile. To ensure int eroperab ility betwe en other devic es su pporting Blue tooth technol ogy, us e No kia a pprove d enhan cement s for this model. Check with the manu facturers of other devices to determin e their compat ibilit y with this dev ice. There may be restri ctions on using Blueto oth technolo gy in some l ocations. Check w i th your local autho rities or service pr ovider. Fea tures usin g Blue tooth tec hnology , or allow ing s uch features to run in the ba ckgroun d while using othe r features, increase the demand o n battery power and reduces the battery life. Bluetooth technology allow s you to connec t the phone to a compatible Bluetooth device up to 10 me ters. Since devic es using Bluetoot h technology communicat e using radio waves, your phone and the other devices do not need to be in direct line-of sight, although the connection can be subjec t to int erference from obstruc tions such as walls or from ot her electronic devices. Set up a Blue tooth connec tion Select Menu > Set tings > Connectivity > Bluetooth . Select f rom the following options: Bluetooth > On or Off â to activat e or deacti vate the Bluetooth function. indicates an active Bluetoot h connection. Search fo r audio enhancements â to search f or compatible Bluetooth audio devices . Select the devi ce that you want t o connect to the ph one. Pair ed devic es â to search f or any Blue tooth device in range. Se lect Ne w to list any Bluet ooth device in r ange. Scroll t o a devic e, and sele ct P air . Enter the
76 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Bluetooth passcode of the device to associate (pair) the de vice to your phone. You only must give this passcode when you connect to the device for the fir st time. Your phone connec ts to the dev ice, and you can s tart data transfer. Bluetoo t h conne ction To che ck w hich Bluet ooth connection is c urrently a ctive, s elect Men u > Settings > Connec tivity > Bluetooth > A ctive dev ice . To view a list of Bluetooth devices that ar e currently pa ired wit h the phone, select P aired devices . Select Options to acce ss some of the following functions depending on t he status of the device and t he Bluetooth connec tion. Selec t A s sign short name , or Auto- conn. without confirmation > Ye s â to set the phone automatically t o connect to a paired Bluet ooth device. Bluetoo th settings To define how your phone is shown to other Bluetooth dev ices, press Menu > Settings > Connec tivity > Bluetooth > B lue tooth settings > My phone's visibility or My phone's name . We recommend to use the settin g Hidden in My phone 's visibi lity . A lways accep t onl y Bluet ooth communic ation from others that yo u agree wi th.
77 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Infrared You can s et up the phone to s end and receive da ta through its infrared (IR) port. To use a n IR connection, the device with w hich you want to es tablish a connection must be IrD A compliant. You can send or receive data to or from a c ompatible phone or dat a device (for example, a computer) t hrough the IR port of your phone. Do not poi nt the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eyes or allow it to interfere with other I R devices. Infrared devices are Class 1 lase r products. When sending or r eceiving data, ensure that the IR ports of the s ending and receiving devices are pointing at each other and that there are no obstructions between t he devices . To activate the IR port of your phone t o receive data using IR, s elect Me nu > Settings > Connec tivity > Infrared . To deac tivate the IR conne ction, se lect Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrared . W hen the phone displays De activate infrared? , s ele ct Yes . If data transfer is not st arted within 2 minut es after the a ctivation of the IR por t, the connection is canc elled and must be started again. IR connec tion indi cator When is shown c ontinuously, the IR connection is activa ted, and your phone is ready to send or r eceive data th rough its IR port. When blinks, your phone is trying to c onnect to t he other devi ce, or a connection has been lost.
78 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Packe t d ata (E GPRS) Enhanced ge neral pack et radio service (EGPRS), pa cket data, is a networ k service which allow s mobile phones t o send and re c eive data over an Internet pr otocol (IP)-based network. It enable s wireless acc ess to data networ ks such as the Internet. The applic ations that may use packe t data ar e MMS, browsing se ssions, Push to talk, e- mail, remote Sy ncML, Java applicat ion downloading, a nd the PC dial- up. To defi ne how to use the s ervice, sel ect Menu > Se ttings > Connec tivity > P acket data > P ac ket data connect ion . Select Wh en needed to set the packet data connection to be established when an applicat ion needs it. T he connecti on will be clos ed when the applic ation is terminated. Select Always online to set t he phone to automatically c onnect to an pa cket dat a network when it is s witched on. indicates a packet data connection. Mo dem set t ing s You can c onnect the phone using a Bluet ooth technology, IR, or a data cable connection t o a compat ible PC, and use the phone as a modem to enable packet data connectivit y from the PC. To define the sett ings for connections fr om the PC, select Me nu > Setting s > Connectivity > Packet data > P acke t data settings > A ctiv e access point , activ ate the access point you want to use, and s elect Edit active access point . Select Alias for acc ess point , and enter a nick name for t he current ly selected access point.
79 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Select Packet data access poi nt , and enter t he access point name (APN) to establish a connection to an EGPRS network. You can als o set the dial-up service settings (access point name) on your PC using the Nokia Modem Options software. See PC Suite p. 121 . If y ou have set the settings both on the PC and on your phone, the PC sett ings are used. â Enh anc em en ts This menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhanc ement. Select Menu > Settings > Enhanc ement settings . You can s elect an enhancement menu if t he corresponding enhance ment is, or has been, connected to t he phone. Depending on the enhancement , select from t he following options: Default profile â to s elect the profile that y ou want to be automatically ac tivated when you connect to the s elected enhanceme nt Automatic answer â t o set t he phone to answer an incoming call automatically after 5 seconds. If Incoming call alert is se t to Bee p on ce or Off , aut omatic answer is off. Lights â to set t he lights per manently On . Select Automatic to set the light s on for 15 seconds after a key press Ignition detector > On â to automatically switch off the phone approximately 20 seconds af ter you switch off the c ar ignition when the phone is connec ted to the full car kit
80 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Conf igurat ion You can configure your phone with settings that are required for certain services to function c orrectly. The servi ces are brows er, multimedia me ssaging, remote Internet serve r synchronization, presence, and e- mail application. Get t he settings from your SIM card, from a service provider as a configuration mes sage, or enter your personal settings manually. You can s tore configuration settings from up to 20 service pr oviders in th e phone and ma nage them within t his menu. To s ave the conf iguration settings rece ived by a c onfiguration messa ge from a service provider, s ee Configuration settings service p. 18 . Select Menu > Set tings > Configuration s ettings and from t he following options: Default configur ation settings â to view the service providers saved in the phone. Scroll t o a service provider, and select Details to view t he applications th at the configuration s ettings of this service provider s upport. To set t he configuration settings of the service p rovider as default settings, s elect Options > Se t as default . To delete configuration settings, select Dele te . Activate default in all applications â to ac ti va te the d efa ul t c on figu rat io n set t ing s for suppor ted applications Preferr ed access point â to view the saved access points. Scr oll to an access point, and se lect Options > Details to view the name of the service provider, data bearer, and pack et data acc ess point or GSM dial-up number. Personal configuration settings â to add new pers onal accounts for various service s manually, a nd to acti vate or delete them. T o add a new personal account if you hav e not added any, selec t A dd new ; otherwise, s elect Options > Add new .
81 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Select the service type, and select and ent er each of the requir ed parameters . The parameters differ according to the selected se rvice type. To delete or ac tivate a personal ac count, scroll t o it, and select Options > Delete or A ctiv ate . â Sec urit y When security features that restrict calls are in use (such as call barring, cl osed us er grou p and fixed dia ling) calls s till ma y be possib le to the offi cial emerg ency number pr ogrammed into your device. Select Menu > Set tings > Sec urit y settin gs and from the following opt ions: PIN code request â to set th e phone to ask for your PIN or UPIN c ode every t ime the phone is switched on. Some SIM ca rds do not allow t he code reques t to be turned off. Call barring service (network s ervice) â to restrict incoming c alls to and outgoing calls from your phone. A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to res trict your outgoing calls to se lected phone numbers if this function is s upported by y our SIM card Closed user group (netw ork service) â t o specify a group of people whom you can call and who can call you Securi ty level > Phone â the phone a sks for the s ecurity code w henever a new SIM card is inserted int o the phone. Selec t Memory and the phone asks for the security code whe n SIM card memory is selected and you want t o change the me mory in use.
82 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Access code s â to change the secur ity code, PI N code, UPIN code, PIN2 code, and barring pa ssword Code in us e â to select whether the PIN code or UPIN code should be act ive Pin2 code request â to s elect whether PIN 2 code is required when us ing a specific phone feat ure that is c overed by t he PIN2 code â Re store fa ctory settin gs To res et some of the menu settings t o their original va lues, sele ct Men u > Settings > Res tore factory s ettings . Enter th e sec urity code. Th e data you have entered or downloaded are not deleted ( for example, the names and phone numbers saved in Contacts ).
83 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you ac cess a por tal to services provided by your net work oper ator. The name a nd the icon depe nd on the operator. For more information contact your network operator. The operat or can update this menu wit h a service message. For more informat ion, see Ser vice inbox p. 115 .
84 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 1 1. Galler y In this menu you ca n manage graphics, images, recordings , video clips, themes, and t ones. These files are arranged in folder s. Your phone support s an activat ion key system t o protect acquired cont ent. Always check t he delivery t erms of any c ontent and activation k ey before acq uiring them, as th ey may be subject to a f ee. Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred, or fo rwarded. To s ee the list of folders, select Me nu > Galler y . To s ee the a vailable options of a folder, se lect a folder > Opt ions . To vie w the list of files in a f older, sele ct a folder > Ope n . To s ee the a vailable options of a file, s elect a f ile > Options .
85 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 12. Media Co pyright prot ections ma y prev ent som e im age s, musi c (inc luding rin ging to nes), and othe r co ntent fro m be ing co pied, m odif ied, tra nsferre d or f orwa rded. â Recor d er You can record pieces of speech, sound, or an a ctive call for 5 minutes. The recorder cannot be used when a data call or packet data connect ion is active. Record so und 1. Select Menu > M edia > V oice rec order . Note : If push to talk is not available on y our phone menu, y ou can also pres s the PTT key to start the V oice rec order . 2. To star t the recording, select Rec ord . To start the recording during a call , select Options > Record . While recording a call, all parties to the call will hear a faint beeping s ound every 5 seconds. 3. To end the recording, select Stop . The recording will be s aved in the Recordings folder of the G alle ry menu.
86 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Opt ions after re cordi ng Select Menu > Media > V oi ce re c ord er > Recordings list . The list of folders in t he Gallery is shown. O pen Recordings to see t he list with recordings. Select Options to selec t options for f iles in the Gallery . See Gallery p. 84 . To listen to the lat est recording, sele ct Play last recorded . To s end the lates t recording, s elect Send last recorded . The recording can be sent using Bluetooth te chnology, IR, or MMS.
87 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 13. Push to talk Push to t alk (PTT) ov er cellular is a two-way radio service available over a G SM/GPRS cellular network (net work service). PT T provides dir ect voice communication. To connect to the Push to talk service, press the PTT key. You can us e PTT to ha ve a conver sation with one person or with a group of people having compatible devices. When your call is connected, the person or group you are calling does not have to a nswer the phone. The participants should confirm the reception of any communications wher e appropriate, as there i s no other confirmation w hether the recipients have hea rd the call. To che ck availabilit y and cos ts, and to subs cribe to t he service , contact y our network operator or service provider. Roaming services may be more limi ted than for normal call s. Before y ou can use the PTT service, y ou must define the required PT T service settings. Se e PTT settings p. 95 . While you are connected to the PTT service, you can use the other functions of the phone. The PTT over c ellular service is not connect ed to traditiona l voice communication, and therefore ma ny of th e services av ailable for t raditional voic e calls (for example, voice mailbox) are not available for PTT over cellular communications.
88 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Pus h to ta lk men u Select Menu > Pus h to talk . To conne ct to or disconnect fro m the PTT se rvice, selec t Switch PTT on or Switch PTT off . To vie w the rece ived c allback requests , select Callback inbox . To vie w the list of PTT groups, select Group list . To view the list of cont acts to which you ha ve adde d the PTT address received from the service provider, select Contacts list . To add a new PTT group to the phone, select Add group . To set the PTT settings for use, select PTT settings . To set the required settings for t he PTT connection, selec t C onfig. setti ngs . To open the browser a nd to connec t to the PTT network portal provided by t he service provider, selec t Web . â Con nect to a nd disco nnec t PTT To conne ct to the PTT serv ice, select Men u > Pus h to talk > Sw itch PTT on . indicat es the PTT connection. indicates that the s ervice is temporarily unavailable. The phone automatically tries to reconnect to the service until you disconnect from the PTT service. If yo u have added groups to t he phone, you ar e automatically joined to t he active ( Default or Listened ) groups, and the name of the default group is displayed in the st andby mode. To dis connect from t he PTT ser vice, se lect Switch PTT off .
89 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Make and r eceive a P TT call Set the phone to use the loudspeaker or earpiece for PTT communication. Warn ing: Do not ho ld the dev ice near yo ur ear w hen the loud speake r is in use , because the vol ume may be extremely lo ud . When connected to t he PTT service , you can ma ke or rec eive dial out calls, group calls or one-to-one calls . One-to-one calls are c alls you mak e to only one pe rson. Make a dial -out PTT ca ll For a dial- out PTT call you ca n select mult iple PTT contact s from the contact lis t. The recipi ents get an incoming call and need to ac cept the ca ll in order t o participate. A dial-out c all creates a temporary group, and the pa rticipants join this gr oup only for the duration of the call. After the call the temporary dial out group is deleted. Select Menu > Pus h to talk > Contacts list , and mark the desired contacts for t he dial-out call. The ic on behind the contact in the lis t denotes current login status: , , or indicat e that the per son is either a vailable, unavaila ble, or unk nown; indicat es that the login status is not available. The login sta tus is only available fo r subscribe d contacts. To change the subscribed cont acts, se lect Op tions and from the available contact list opt ions, Subscribe contact or Uns ubscr . cont act , or if one or more contacts are already marked Subs cribe marked or U nsubscr. marked . Press the PTT key briefly t o start t he dial-out call. The ma rked contacts are ca lled by the PT T service, and the joi ning contacts are shown on t he display. Press and
90 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . hold the PTT key t o talk to t he joined cont acts. Releas e the PTT k ey to he ar the response. Press the end key t o terminat e the dial-out call. Make a gr oup call To mak e a call to t he default group, press the PTT key. A tone sounds, indicating that the access is granted, and the phone displays your nickname and group name. To mak e a call to a nondefault group, select Group list in the PTT menu, scroll t o the desired group, and press the PTT key. Press and hold the PTT key t he ent ire time you ar e talking, and hold t he phone in front of you so that you can see the display. When you hav e finished, release the PTT key. Talking is allowed on a f irst-come, fi rst-served ba sis. When someone stops talki ng, th e first person to press the PTT ke y can ta lk next. Ma ke a o ne-to-on e cal l To s tart a one-to-one c all from t he list of cont acts to which you have added the PTT a ddress, select Contacts list. Scroll to a contact, and press the PTT key. You can also s elect the contact fr om Contacts . To start a one-to-one c all from the lis t of PTT groups, select Group list , and s croll to the desired group. Select Options > A c tive members , s croll to t he desired contact, and pr ess the PTT key. To s tart a one-to -one call from t he list of callback reques ts you have received , sel ect Callback inbox . Scroll to t he desired nic kname, and pr ess the PTT key.
91 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Receive a PTT call A short tone notifies you of an inc oming group and one-to-one call. When receiving a group call, the group name and the nic kname of the caller are displaye d. When receiving a one-to-one call f rom a person whose information you have s aved in Contacts , the save d name is displaye d if identif ied; otherwise, only the nickname of the caller is displaye d. You can either accept or reject an incoming one-to-one call if you have set the phone to f irst notify you of the one-t o-one calls. If you pr ess the PTT k ey to tr y to respond t o a group while a nother member is talking, you he ar a queuing tone, and Que uing is displayed as long as you pres s the PTT key. Press and hold the PTT key , and wait for the other person to finish ; then you can ta lk. â Callba ck requ est s If you make a one-t o-one call and do not get a response, you can s end a request for t he person t o call you back. When someone sends you a callback re quest, Callbac k request rece ived is displaye d in the st andby mode. W hen you receive a c allback request f rom someone who is not in y our contacts lis t, you can s ave the name to your Contacts . Send a callback request You can s end a callbac k request in diff erent ways.
92 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . To s end a callback request from th e contacts lis t in the Push to talk menu, s elect Contacts list . Scroll to a contact , and se lect Options > Send callback . To s end a callback request from Contacts , search for t he desired contact , select Options > Con t act details , s croll to th e PTT address, and select O ptions > Se nd callback . To s end a callback request from t he group list in the PTT menu, select Gr oup list , and sc roll to the des ired group. Sele ct Options > Active me mbers , scroll to t he desired c ontact, and select Options > Send callback . To s end a callback request from t he callback request l ist in the Pus h to talk menu, sel ect Callback inbox . Scroll to a contact , and select Options > Send callback . Respo nd to a callback request 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To mak e a one-t o-one call, pres s the PTT key. 3. To s end a call reques t back to the se nder, select Options > Se nd callback . To delete the request, select Delet e . Save the callback request sender 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To vie w the s ender's PTT address, s elect Options > View PTT address .
93 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . To s ave a new contact or to add the PTT address to a c ontact, select Options > Save as or Add to contact . â Add a o ne-to -one co ntact You can s ave the names of pers ons to whom you oft en make one- to-one calls in different ways. To add a PTT addres s to a name in Contacts , se arch for the de sired c ontact, and sel ect Options > Add detail > PT T address . To add a contact t o the PT T contacts lis t, select Menu > Push to talk > Contac ts list > Options > Add contact . To add a contact f rom the group lis t, connect to the Push to talk serv ice, select Group list , and scroll to the desired gr oup. Select Options > Active member s . Scroll to the member whos e contact infor mation you want to save, a nd select O ptions . To add a new cont act, select Save as . To add a PTT address to a name in Contacts , sel ect Add t o contact . â Cre ate a nd set u p gr ou ps When you call a group, all membe rs joined to the group hear t he call simultaneously. Each membe r in the group is identified by a nickname, which is s hown as a caller identificat ion. Group memb ers can choos e a nickname for themselve s in each group.
94 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Groups are registered with a URL addres s. One user registers the group U RL in t he network by joining the group session th e first time. There are three types of PTT groups: ⢠Provi sioned groups are c losed groups that allow only selec ted partic ipants provi sioned by the s ervice pr ovider to join. ⢠Ad hoc gr oups are groups that the user s can c reate. You can creat e your own group, and invite members to t he group. ⢠Ad hoc pr o groups are gr oups you can cr eate from me mbers in a pr ovisioned group. For example, a business can hav e a clos ed group and separate groups created for certain business functions. Add a grou p Select Menu > Pus h to talk > Add group . Select from the following options: Guided â to add a new group. To set t he securit y level for t he group, select Public group or Private group . If you select Private group , the phone automatically creates a scrambled part to the group addr ess that t he members cannot view when they receive the invitation to the group. Only the person who creates the private group can invit e more members t o the group. Enter the name for the group. Select Default , Lis tened , or In ac ti v e . T he phone indicat es that th e group is save d and its stat us. De fault and Listened are active groups. When you press the PTT ke y to make a group ca ll, the default group is called i f you have not sc rolled to any ot her group or contact. To s end an invitation to t he group, select Ye s when t he phone requests it. You can s end the invi tation using a text me ssage, Bluetooth technology, or IR.
95 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . The membe rs you invit e to the public groups can also inv ite more members to the group. Manual â to join a n existing group . Enter the group addr ess. Select Default , Listened , or Inactive . The phone indicat es that the group is sav ed and its s tatus. Default and Listened are active groups. When you press the PTT key to make a group call, the default group is called if you do not scroll to any other group or con ta ct. Receive an invitation 1. When you receive a text mess age invitation to a group, Group invitation receive d: is dis played. 2. To vie w the nickname of the per son who sent the invitation and t he group address if the group is not a priva te group, select View . 3. To add the group t o your phone, select Save . To set the sta tus for the group, sel ect Default , L istened , or Inactive . To rejec t the invitation, sel ect Exit > Yes , or select View > Disc ard > Yes . â PTT s etti ngs There ar e two kinds of PTT se ttings: settings for conne cting to the service and settings for use . You may rec eive the settings for connecting t o the service from your network opera tor or service provider. See Configur ation settings s ervice p. 18 . You can enter th e settings manual ly. Se e Configur ation p. 80 .
96 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Push to talk > Config. settings and from the follow ing options: Configuration â to select a servi ce provide r, Default , or P ersonal config. f or PTT service . Only the c onfigurations that s upport the PTT service are shown. Account â to s elect a PTT service ac count contained in the active configuration settings PTT user name , Default nickname , PTT password , Domain , and Server addres s To edit t he PTT set tings for use, s elect Menu > Push to talk > PTT s etting s . To select the phone to allow t he reception of incoming one-to-one calls, select 1 to 1 calls > On . To make but not re ceive one-to-one calls, s elect Off . The servic e provider may offer s ome services t hat overr ide these s ettings. To set the phone t o first notif y you of incoming one-to-one calls with a ringing tone, select Not ify . To activate the listened groups, select Lis tened groups > On . To s et the phone to aut omatically connec t to the PTT service when you swit ch the phone on, s elect PTT status in startup > Ye s . To hide your PTT addres s from group and one-to-one calls , select Send my PTT address > No .
97 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 14. Organizer â Alar m cl ock You can s et the phone to alarm at a desired time. Select Men u > O rganiser > Alarm clock . To set the ala rm, select Alarm time , and enter the alarm time. To change the alarm time when the alarm time is set, select On . To set the phone to alert you on selec ted days of the we ek, selec t Repeat alar m . To s elect an alar m tone, s elect Alarm tone . To s et the snooze t ime-out, selec t Snooze time-out . Stop t he ala rm The phone sounds an a lert tone, and f lashes Alarm! and the current time on t he display, even if the phone was switched of f. To stop t he alarm, select Stop . If you let the phone continue to s ound the alarm for a minut e or s elect Snooze , the alarm stops for the preset snooze time-out, t hen resumes. If the alarm tim e is reached while the device is sw itched of f, the device switc hes itself on and s tart s soundi ng the al arm ton e. If y ou s elec t Stop , the devi ce asks whether you want to activate the devi ce for calls. Select No to switch off the device or Ye s to make and receiv e calls. Do not sele ct Yes when wirel ess phon e use may cause interfere n ce or d anger.
98 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Calenda r Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . The c urrent day is indicated by a frame. If there are any notes set for the day, the day is in bold type. T o vie w the day not es, select View . To vi ew a week, s elect Options > Week view . To delete all notes in the calendar, select the mo nth or week view, and select Options > Delete all notes . Other options for the day v iew may be Make a not e , Delete , Edit , Move , or Repeat a note; Copy a note to another day; Send note as text message or mult imedia message, w ith IR, Blueto oth technology, or to t he calendar of another c ompatible phone. In Settings you can set the date and t ime settings. In Au to- dele t e no tes you can set the p hone to delete old notes automatically after a specified time. Mak e a c ale ndar not e Select Menu > O rganiser > Calendar . Scroll to t he date y ou want, an d select Options > Make a n ot e and one of the follow ing note types : Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . A no te ala rm The phone beeps and dis plays the not e. With a call note on the dis play, to call the displayed number, pres s the call key. To stop the alar m and t o view t he note, sel ect Vi ew . To stop the a larm for appro ximately 10 minutes, select Snooze . To stop t he alarm without vie wing the not e, select Exit .
99 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â To-do li st To s ave notes for tasks that you must do, select Menu > Organ iser > To-do list . To creat e a note if no note is added, selec t Add not e ; otherwise, select Options > Add . Write the note, and select Save . Sele ct the pr iority, the deadline , and the alarm ty pe for the not e. To vie w a note, sc roll to it, and s elect Vie w . You can a lso select an option to delete the selecte d note and d elete all the notes that you have mark ed as done. You can sort t he notes by pr iority or by deadline; send a note to another phone a s a text message, using IR, Bluetooth technology , or a mult imedia message; s ave a not e as a calendar note, or access the calendar. While vi ewing a note, you can als o select an opt ion to edit the deadline or priority for the n ote or mar k the no te as do ne. â Notes To use t his application t o write and send notes, selec t Menu > Organiser > Notes . To creat e a note if no note is added, selec t Add not e ; otherwise, select Options > Make a note . Write a note, and select Save . Other opt ions for notes include deleting and e diting a note. W hile editing a note, you can also exit th e text editor wit hout saving the cha nges. You can send the note to compatible dev ices using a t ext message , a multimedia mes sage, Bluetooth technology, or IR. If t he note is too long to send as a text mes sage, the phone as ks you to dele te the appropr iate number of charac ters from your note.
100 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Walle t In W allet , you can save pe rsonal informat ion, such as credit c ard numbers, addresse s, and access co des to services that require a user name and p assword. You can e asily retrieve t he information in t he wallet to fill in online f orms, if the service supports it. The fir st time y ou access th e wallet, you have to de fine the wallet code t hat protects your encrypted data . See Wal let code p. 18 . If you want to de lete all the c ontent of the wallet and the wallet c ode, enter * #7370925538# (* # res wallet # in letters) in th e standby mode . You also ne ed the security c ode of the phone ; see Security code p. 17 . To add or edit contents, open the Wallet menu. To us e the content of t he wallet in a mobile service, ac cess the w allet from the browser. See Web p. 110 . Access th e wallet menu To ac cess the w allet menu, select Menu > Or ganiser > Wa l l e t . Enter your wal let code and select from the f o llowing options: Wallet profiles to create ca rd combinations for different servic es. A walle t profile is helpful if the service asks you t o fill in many data items. You can select the appropriate w allet profile instead of select ing different cards separ ately. Cards â to save personal card inf ormation. You ca n save Pa y m e n t c a r d s , Loyalty car ds , Access cards , User in fo card s , or Address cards . If supported by your service provider, you can also r eceive c ard information to y our phone as a configuration
101 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . message. You are noti fied of the ca rd categor y. For availa bility of r eceiving card information as configuratio n settings, cont act the card issuer or service provide r. Ticke ts â to save the notific ations of e-ticket s that y ou bought through a mobile service . To view the ticket s, se lect Options > View . Receipts â to sa ve receipts of mobile purchases. Settings â t o modify wallet settings . See Wa llet se tt in gs p. 101 . Personal notes â t o save all kinds of pe rsonal information t hat you wa nt to keep protected by the wa llet PIN code, s uch as a ccount numbers, passwords, or code s. Create a wallet prof ile When you have sa ved your per sonal card details , you can c ombine them t ogether into a wallet profile. You can use the profile to retrieve walle t data from different cards w hile browsing. 1. Access th e wallet, and select W allet profiles . 2. To c reate a ne w wallet pr ofile if no profile is added, select Add new . Otherwise, sel ect Options > Add new . 3. Fill in the following fields. Some of the fields contain data t hat is selected from the wallet. You must save this data before y ou can create a w allet profile. Wallet setting s Access th e wallet, and select Settings . To change the wallet code, select Change code . To set the radio frequency identification (RFID) code and type, selec t RF ID > RFID code and RF ID t y pe . RFID is technology that he lps secur e your commercial transa ctions.
102 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Ma ki ng p ur cha ses To do your shopping, acc ess the desi red Web site t hat supports the w allet. The service must support the Electronic C ommer ce Modeling La nguage specificat ion. See Connect to a service p. 110 . Choose the pr oduct you want to buy and read car efully all pr ovided information before your purchase. The text may not fit within a single screen. Therefore , make sure to scroll through and read all of t he text befor e your purchase. To pay for the ite ms you wish to buy, t he phone asks whe ther you want to use t he wallet. T he phone al so asks for your wallet PIN code. Select the ca rd you wa nt to p ay with fr om the Pa y m e n t c a r d s lis t. If the data f orm you receive from the servic e provider supports the Electronic Commerce Modeling Language specification, the phone automatically fills in t he credit c ard information or the wa llet profile from the wallet. Approve the purchase, and the information is forwarded. You may receive an acknowledgement or a digital receipt of the purchase. To clos e the wallet, select Close wallet . If you do not use the wallet for 5 minutes, it closes automatically. If you have tr ied to access o r have access ed confidenti al informatio n requiring passwords (for exampl e your bank accoun t), empty the cach e of your phone after ea ch use. To empty the cache , see Cache memory p. 116 .
103 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Sync hronizat ion Synchronization allow s you to save your calendar and cont acts data on a remote Internet se rver (network s ervice) or on a c ompatible PC. If y ou have sav ed data on the remote Internet s erver, you can synchronize your phone by starting the synchronization from your phone. You can also synchronize the data in your phone contact s, calenda r, and notes to correspond to the data of your compatible PC by s tarting the synchronizat ion from your PC. The c ontact data on your SIM c ard will not be synchronized. Server synchroniza tion To use a synchronization service subscribe to t he service and retrieve the corresponding settings. For details, contact your service provider. To start the synchronization f rom your phone, do the following: 1. Select the configuration s ettings you ne ed for the synchr onization. See Server synchronization settings p. 104 . 2. Select Menu > O rganiser > Sy nchronisation > Server sync > D ata to be synchronised . Mark the data to be synchronize d. 3. Select Menu > O rganiser > Sy nchronisation > Server sync > Synchronise . The marked dat a of the active set is synchronized a fter confirmation. Synchronizing for the first t ime or after an interrupted s ynchronization may t ake up to 30 minutes to complete, if the contacts or calendar are full.
104 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Server synchr onization se ttings You may receive the configuration settings required for synchronization as a configuration mes sage from t he service prov ider. To manage t he confi guration settings, s ee Configuration p. 80 . Select Menu > O rganiser > Sy nchronisation > Server sync > Sync settings and from the f ollowing options: Configuration â O nly the configurations that support t h e synchronization are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or Pe rsonal config. for synchronization. Account â Sel ect a synchroniza tion service acc ount conta ined in the active configuration set tings. User name â Enter your user name. Pas s wo rd â Enter the passw ord of the se rvic e. PC synchroniz a tion To synchronize Co nt ac t s , Calendar , and Not es from a compa tible PC, use an IR, Bluetooth technology, or data c able connect ion. You also nee d Nokia PC Suite software of your phone installed on the PC. St art the synchronization f rom the PC using Nokia PC Suite. Ens ure that the phone is in the s tandby mode and that t he time and date are set. PC synchr onization se ttings Select Menu > O rganiser > Sy nchronisation > PC s ync se ttings , and enter the User name and Pa s s wo r d . T he user name and password must be the same in the phone and in the PC.
105 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 15. Applicat ions â Game s a nd applica tion s Your p hone software ma y include some games and Java applications sp ecially designed for this Nokia phone. To launc h a game or applic ation, select Men u > Applic ations > Games > Select game or Collection > Selec t application . Scr oll to a game or an applic ation, and sel ect Op en or press the call key. The following options may be a vailable for games and applic ations: Delete â t o delete the game or application from t he phone Details â t o give additional information about t he game or applic ation Update ve rsion â to check if a ne w version is available for download from the servic e s (netw ork serv ice) Web page â to provide further inf ormation or additional da ta from a n Internet page. T his feature nee ds to be support ed by the net work. App. access â to res trict the game or applic ation from acces sing the netw ork to prevent you from ac cruing unexpected costs. Select Communication > Netwo rk acces s , Messaging , or Connectivit y , or select Aut o-start . Select in each category one of t he available pe rmissions.
106 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Game an d appl icatio n dow nload s Your phone supports J2ME î Java appl ications. Make s ure that the application is compatible wit h your phone bef ore downloading it . Select Menu > A pplications > Games > Game downloads or Collec tion > App. downloads . The list of available bookmar ks is s hown. Select More bookmarks to acces s the list of bookmarks in the Web menu. See Bookmarks p. 114 . Select a bookmark t o connect t o the des ired service. For t he availability of different services, pr icing and t ari ffs, contact your service provider. Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. Note t hat when downloading an application, it may be saved in the Games menu instead of the Applications menu. Gam e s e tti ngs Select Menu > A pplications > Games > App. settings t o set sounds, lights and shake s for game s. Memory sta tus To vie w the amount of me mory avail able for game and application installat ions (third sh ared memory), selec t Menu > Applications > Games or Collection > Memory .
107 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Calc ulator The c alculator in your phone adds, s ubtracts, multiplies, divides, c alculates the squar e and t he square root and converts currency values. Note : This calcul ator has limite d accuracy and is des ign ed for sim p le calculatio ns . Select Menu > A pplications > Extras > Calculat or . W hen 0 is displayed on the screen, enter the first number in t he calculation. Pr ess the # key f or a decimal point. Select Options > Add , Subt ract , Multiply , Divide , Square , Square root , or Change sign . Enter the second number. For a total, select Equals . Repeat this sequence as many times as it is necessary. T o start a new calculati on, first se lect and hold Clear . To perf orm a cu rrency conversion, select Men u > Applicat ions > Extras > Calculator . To save the exchange rate, select Options > E xchange rate . Sel ect either of the display ed options. Enter the exchange r ate, pres s the # key for a decimal poi nt, and s elect OK . The exchange rate remains in the memory until you replace it with another one. To perf orm the curre ncy conversion, enter the amount to be converted, and select Options > I n domestic or In foreign . Note : When you change base curren cy, you must enter the n ew rates because all previousl y set exchange rate s are set to zero.
108 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Coun tdown t ime r Select Menu > A pplications > Extras > Countdown timer . Enter the alarm time in hours, minutes, and s econds. If you wish , wr ite yo ur own note text that is displaye d when the time expires. T o start the countdown timer , select Sta rt . To change th e countdown time , select Change time . To s top the t imer, select Stop timer . If the alarm time is reached when t he phone is in the s tandby mode, the phone sounds a t one and fl ashes the note text if it is set or Countdo wn time up . T o stop the ala rm, press any key. If no key is pressed, the alarm automatical ly stops within 30 seconds. To stop the alarm and to delete the not e text, select Exit . To re st art the countdown timer, s elect Rest art . â Stop wat ch To meas ure time, tak e intermediat e times, or t ake lap t imes, use the stopwatch. During timi ng, the other functions of the phone can be use d. To set the stopwatch timing i n the background, press the end key. Using the stop watch or allowi ng it to run in the backgro und whe n using other fe atures incr ease s the dema nd on batt ery powe r an d redu ces t he ba ttery lif e. Select Menu > A pplications > Extras > St opwatch and from the followi ng options: Split timing â to t ake intermediat e times. T o start t he time obser vation, select Start . Select Split every time t hat you want to take a n interme diate time. T o stop the time obs ervation, s elect Stop. To save the measured time, s elect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > St ar t . The new time is added to the
109 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . previous time. To reset the time w ithout saving it, select Re se t . To se t th e stopwat ch timing in the background, press the end k ey. Lap timing â t o take lap times. To set the stopwatch timing in the background, press the end key. Continue â to view t he timing that you have set in the backgr ound Show last â to view t he most recently meas ured time if the st opwatch is not r eset View times or D elete times â to view or delete the save d times
110 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 16. Web You can access various mobile Internet services with your phone browser. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. Check th e availability of these s ervices, prici ng, tari ffs, and instruc tions with your service provider. With t he phone browser y ou can view the servic es that use w ireless mar kup language (WML) or extensible hyp ertext markup language ( XHTML) on t heir pages. Appearance may va ry due to s creen size. You may not be able t o view all details of t he Internet pages . â Set up brow sing You may receive the configuration settings required for browsing as a configuration mes sage fr om the service prov ider. See Configuration settings servi ce p. 18 . You can also enter all the configuration settings manually. See Configuration p. 80 . â Conn ect t o a ser vice Verify that the correc t configuration set tings of the ser vice that you want to us e are a ctiv ated .
111 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1. To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Web > Settings > Conf iguration settings . 2. Select Configuration . Only the configur ations that support browsing se rvice are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for brows ing. See Set up browsing p. 110 . Select Account and a brows ing service account contained in the ac tive configuration settings. Select Display terminal window > Ye s to perform manual user authentic ation for intr anet connections. Make a connection to t he service in one of the following wa ys: â¢S e l e c t Me nu > Web > Home ; or in the standby mode, p ress and hold 0 . ⢠To s elect a bookmar k of the service, s elect Menu > Web > Bookmarks . ⢠To s elect the la st URL, s elect Menu > We b > Las t web addr. . ⢠To enter the addres s of the service, selec t Menu > Web > Go to addr ess , en ter the address of t he service. â Brows e pag es After you ma ke a connect ion to the service, you can start browsing its pages. The function of t he phone ke ys may v ary in differ ent services . Follow th e text guides on the phone display. For more informat ion, contact your service provide r. If packet data is selected as the data bearer, is shown on the top left of the display during browsing. If you rec eive a call or a text message, or make a call
112 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . during a packet data connection, is shown on the top right of t he display to indicat e that the pack et data connec tion is suspe nded (on hold). After a call t he phone t ries to reco nnect the pack et data connec tion. Brows e with ph one keys Use t he joystick to browse t hrough the page . To s elect a highlighte d item, pres s the call k ey, or select Select . To enter letters and numbers, press the keys, 0 to 9 . To enter spe cial chara cters, press * . Options wh ile brows ing In addition to the options available on yo ur device, your s ervice pr ovider may of fer other options. Direct callin g The browse r supports functions th at you can access while b rowsing. You can make a phone c all, send DTMF tones while a voice call is in progress, and save a name and a phone number from a page . â Appear ance setti ngs While browsing, select O ptions > Other options > Appear. s et tings ; or in the standby mode , select Me nu > Web > Se ttings > Appearance setti ngs and from the following options:
113 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Text wrapping > On â t o set the text to continue on the next line on the display. If you select Of f , the text is abbreviated. Font size > Extra s mall , Small , or Medium â t o se t th e font s ize Show images > No â to hide pictures on the page. This can sp eed up the browsing of pages that contain a lot of pictures . Alerts > Alert for unsecure connection > Ye s â to set the phon e to a lert w hen an encrypt ed connection changes to unencrypted during browsing Alerts > Alert for unsecure items > Yes â to se t the phone to aler t when an encrypt ed page contains an unsecure item. These alerts do not guarantee a secure connect ion. See Brows er security p. 116 . Character encoding > Content encoding â to s elect the enc oding for the browser page content Character encoding > Unicode (UTF-8) web addresses > On â to se t the ph one to send a URL as a UTF -8 encoding. You may need th is setting when y ou access a Web page c reated in for eign language. â Cookie s A cookie is data t hat a site saves in t he cache memory of your phone. C ookies are save d until you clear the ca che memory. See Cache me mory p. 116 . While brows ing, select Options > Other options > Security > Cookie settings ; or in the standby mode, s elect Menu > We b > Settings > Securit y settin gs > Cookies . To allow or prevent t he phone from receiving cookies , select Allo w or Reject .
114 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Scr ipts o ver se cure c onnect ion You can select whether t o allow the running of scripts from a secure page. The phone supports WML s cripts. 1. While brows ing, select Options > Other options > Security > Sc ript settings ; or in the standby mode, selec t Menu > Web > Settings > Security settings > Scripts over secure connec tion . 2. To allow the scripts , select Allo w . â Bookmar ks You can save page addresses as book marks in the phone memory. 1. While browsing, select O ptions > Bookmarks ; or in th e standby mode, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scrol l to a bookmar k, and select it; or pr ess the ca ll key t o make a c onnection to the page assoc iated with t he bookmark. 3. Select Options to view, edit , delete, or send the book mark; create a new bookmar k; or s ave the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have som e bookmark s loaded for s ites not affilia ted with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endors e these sit es. If you choose to access them, yo u should take th e same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site. Receive a bookm ark When you have receiv ed a bookmar k that is sent as a bookmark, 1 bookmark receive d is displayed. To save the bookmark, s elect Show > Save . To view or delete
115 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the bookmark, select Options > View or Dele te . To discard the bookmark directly after you have received the bookmark, s elect Exit > OK . â Down load f iles To downloa d more tones, images , games, or applications to your phone (network ser vi ce) , sel ect Me nu > We b > Do wnloads > T one downloads , G raphic downloads , Game downloads , Video downloads , T heme downloads , or App. downloads . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. â Serv ice in box The phone is able to r eceive s ervice messages (pushed messages) s ent by your service provider (networ k service). Servic e messages are notificat ions of (for example) ne ws headlines, and t hey may contain a t ext messa ge or an addr ess of a servi ce. To acc ess th e Service inbox in the s tandby mode , when you have r eceived a service message, s elect Sh ow . If you sele ct Exit , t he message is moved to t he Serv ice inbox . To acc ess the Ser vice inbox lat er, se lect Me nu > Web > Service inbox . To a cce ss t he Se rvice inbox while browsing, selec t Opt ions > O ther options > Service inbox . Scroll to t he mess age you want. T o activa te the br owser and download t he marked cont ent, select Retrieve . To display detailed inf ormation on the service notific ation or to delete the message, select Opti ons > Details or Delete .
116 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Se rv ic e i nb ox set tin g s Select Menu > Web > Settings > Servic e inbox settings . To set whet her you want to receive servic e message, select Service messages > On or Of f . To s et the phone to r eceive service messages only from cont ent authors approved by th e servic e provider, s elect Message f ilter > On . To vie w the list of the app roved co nte nt a utho rs, se lect Trusted channels . To s et the phone to aut omatically act ivate the browser from t he standby mode when the phone has received a service message, select Au t omatic connection > On . If you select Off , the phone activat es the brow ser only after you select Retrieve when the phone has receiv ed a service mes sage. â Cac he memo ry A cache is a memory location tha t is used to st o re dat a temporaril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confident ial information requiring passwords, em pty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have accessed is stored in the ca che. To empty the cache, while browsing, select Options > Other opt ions > Clear the cac he ; in the standby mode, s elect Me nu > Web > Clear the cache . â Browse r securi ty Security features may be required for some service s, such as online banki ng or shopping. For such connec tions you need s ecurity ce rtificates and pos sibly a security module , which may be available on your SIM car d. For mor e information, contact your service provider.
117 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Secur ity m o dule The s ecurity module impro ves security servic es for applicat ions requiring a browser connec tion, and allows you to use a digital signature . The security module may cont ain certifica tes as well as pr ivate and public keys. The certific ates are save d in the secur ity module by t he service provider. Select Menu > We b > Settin gs > Secur ity setti ngs > Se curity module settings and from the f ollowing options: Security module details â to show the security module title, status, manufactu rer, and se rial number Module PIN request â to s et the phone to as k for t he module PIN when using service s provided by t he security module. Ent er the code, and select On . To disable the module PIN request, select Off . Change module PIN â to cha nge the module PIN, if allowed by the s ecurity module. Ent er the c urrent module PIN code, then e nter the new code twice. Change signing PIN â to change t he signing PIN code for the digital signature. Select t he signing PIN you want to chan ge. Enter the current PIN code, then the new code twice. See als o Access codes p. 17 .
118 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Certificates Important: Note that even if the us e o f certif icates make s the risks i n volved in remote connections and software in stallatio n consid erably small er, they must be used correctly in order to benefit from increased security. The existence of a certif icate doe s not offer a ny protecti on by itself ; the certif icate manager must contain correct , authentic, or trus ted certi ficates for increa sed security to be available. Certifi cates have a restricted lifetime. If Expired certifi cate or Certificate not val id yet is sh own even i f the cert ificate should be valid , check t hat the curre nt date and ti me in your device are co rrect. Before changing any certificat e settings, you mus t make sure that you really tru st the owne r of the certi ficate and that the cer tifica te really belongs to the list ed owne r. There are three kinds of certificates: server certificat es, authority certific ates, and user ce rtificates. You may receiv e these cer tificates from y our servic e provider. Authority certificates a nd user cer tificates may also be s aved in the s ecurity module by the service provider. To vie w the list of the authority or user c ertificates downloade d into your phone, sel ect Menu > We b > Settings > Security s ettings > Aut hority certificat es or User certificat es . The s ecurity indicat or is dis played dur ing a connec tion if the da ta transmiss ion between t he phone and t he content ser ver is encrypt ed. The security ic on does not indica te that the data t rans missio n b etween the gat eway and the content server (or place where the requested resource is stored) is s ecure. The service provider secu res the data trans mission betw een the gateway and the cont ent server.
119 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Digit a l s ignat ure You can ma ke digital signatures with your phone if your SIM card ha s a security module. Using the digital signature can be the same as signing your name t o a paper bill, contract, or other document. To mak e a digital signatur e, select a link on a pa ge (for example, the ti tle of the book you want to buy and its price). The t ext to sign is shown, which may include the amount and date. Check tha t the he ader te xt is Read and that t he digital signature icon is show n. If the digital signature ic on does not appear , there is a secur ity breach, and you should not ent er any personal data such as your signing PIN. To s ign the text , read all of the text first, a nd select Sign . The text may not fit within a single screen. Therefore , make sure to scroll through and read all of t he text befor e signing. Select t he user cer tificate you want to use. Enter th e signing PIN (see Ac ce ss codes p. 17 ), and select OK . The digital signature icon disappears, and t he service may dis play a confir mation of your pur chase.
120 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 17. SIM servi ces Your SIM card may pro vide additional servic es that y ou can access. This menu is shown only if it is s upported by your SIM c ard. The name and contents of the menu depend on the SIM card. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. To set the phone to s how the co nfirmation messages sent between your phone and t he network w hen you are using the SIM services , select Menu > Settings > Phone settings > Confirm SIM s ervice actions > Ye s . Accessing these servic es may involve sending messages or making a phone call for which y ou may be char ged.
121 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 18. P C connectivity You can s end and receiv e e-mail and access the Internet whe n your phone is connected t o a compat ible PC through a Bluetooth technology, IR or data cable (CA-42) connection. You can use y our phone with a variety of PC connectivity and data communications applications. â PC Su ite With PC Suit e you can s ynchronize Contacts , calendar and t o-do notes, and note s between your phone and the compatible PC or a remote Internet ser ver (network servi ce) . You may find more information about PC suite, for example , downloadable files in the support area on the Nokia Web s ite at < www.nok ia.com/support>. â P a cket da ta, HSC SD, an d CSD With your phone you c an use the pac ket data, high- speed circuit s witched data (HSCSD), and circuit switched data (CSD, G SM dat a ). For availa bility and su bscription to data services, contact your net work operator or service provider. The us e of HSCSD services consumes the phone bat tery faster than normal v oice or data calls. You may need t o connect the phone to a charger for the duration of da ta tr ans fe r. See Packet dat a (EGPRS) p. 78 .
122 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Dat a co mmunic ation a pplic ation s For information on using a dat a communication application, r efer to the document ation provided with it. Making or ans wering phone calls during a computer connection is not r ecommended, as it might disrupt t he operation. For better per formance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary sur face with the keypad facing down. Do not move th e phone by holding it in your hand duri ng a dat a call.
123 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 19. Battery informa tion â Cha rging an d di sc harg ing Your de vice is powered by a rechargeable battery. The full performance of a new b attery is achieved only afte r two or three complet e charge and discharge cycle s . The batte ry can be ch arged an d dis charge d hu ndreds of times but i t wil l even tua lly we ar out. Wh en the talk an d standby time s are noticeably sho rter than normal, rep lace the b attery. Use o nly Nokia appr ov ed ba tteri es, a nd rech ar ge you r ba tter y only with No kia ap pro ved charg ers designated for this device. Unplug the char ger from the electrica l p lug and th e device when not in use. Do not leave fu lly cha rged batt ery conn ected t o a charg er, since ove rcharg ing m ay sh ort en i ts life tim e. If lef t unuse d, a fu lly c harge d bat tery will los e its char ge ove r time. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is dama ged. Do not short-circui t the battery. Acciden tal short-circu iting can occur when a metallic object such as a coin, clip, or pen causes direct connectio n of the posi tive ( ) a nd negative ( - ) terminals of the b attery. (Thes e look like meta l strips on the batte ry.) This might h appen, for example, when you carry a spare batter y in your poc ket or purse . Short-cir cuiti ng the terminals ma y damage the batt ery or the connectin g object . Leaving th e batter y in hot or cold pl aces, such as in a closed car in s ummer or win ter conditions, w ill reduce the capacit y and lifetime of the batter y and its ability to charge. Always try to keep the battery between 1 5ðC and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A device with a hot or cold battery ma y not work temporari ly, even when the batt ery is fully ch arged. Battery performa nce is parti cularl y limited in temperatur es well b elow freez ing.
124 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Do not dispo se of batteri es in a fire as th ey may explod e. Batteri es may also expl ode if damaged. Dispos e o f batteries a ccording to lo ca l regulatio ns . Plea se recycle when poss ible. Do not dis pos e as ho useh old waste . â Nokia batter y authent ication guid eline s Always use orig inal Nokia batte ries for your sa fety. To check that you are getting an orig inal Nokia battery, purchase it from an autho rized Nokia dealer, look for the Nokia Original Enhancements logo on the packaging, and inspect th e holo gram label us ing the follo wing ste ps: Successful completio n of the four step s is not a total assura n ce of the authe n ticity o f the battery. If you have any reason to belie ve that your battery is not an authenti c original Nokia battery, yo u should refra in from using it, and tak e it to the neares t authoriz ed Nokia ser vice poi nt or de ale r for as sist an ce. Your auth or ized Nok ia serv ice p oi nt or dea ler wi ll ins pe ct t he battery for authentici ty. If authenticity cannot be verified, return the battery to th e place of pur cha se. Auth enti cate holo gra m 1. Wh en look ing at the holo gram on th e labe l, you shoul d see t he Noki a conne ct ing han ds s ymbol f ro m one a ngle and t he No kia Ori ginal E nhanc emen ts logo wh en looki ng f rom a nother a ngle .
125 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 2. When you ang le the ho logram left, righ t, down, a nd up, you shou ld see 1, 2, 3, and 4 dot s on each side resp ective ly. 3. Scr atch the si de of the la bel to r eveal a 20-di git c ode , for examp le, 12345 6789198765 43210 . Turn th e battery so that the numbers are facing upwa rds. The 20 -digi t code reads starting from the nu mber at the top row follow ed by the bottom row. 4. Confir m that the 2 0-digit code is valid by fo llowing the instructions at www.nokia.com/ba tterychec k. To cre ate a t ext mess age, enter t he 20- digit c ode, for e xample , 12345678 9198765432 10, and send to 44 7786 2 00276 . To create a te xt message, ⢠For count ries in Asi a Pacific , excluding I ndia: Ent er the 20-dig it code, for exa mple, 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 61 4271 51515.
126 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . ⢠Fo r Indi a onl y: Ent er Bat ter y foll owed by the 20-di git ba tter y cod e, for exam ple, Batte ry 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 5555. Nat iona l and intern ati onal opera tor cha rge s wi ll app ly. You should receive a message ind icating wheth er the code can be authe nticated. Wh at if you r ba tt er y is no t aut he nti c? If you cannot confirm tha t your Nokia battery with the h ologram on the label is an authentic Nokia battery, please do not use th e battery. Take it to the n eares t authorized Nokia service point or dealer for assista nce. The us e of a batter y that i s not approv ed by the manuf acturer may be d ange rous an d m ay res ult in po or perf orm ance a nd damage to your d evice and i ts enhancements . It may also invalidat e any approval or warra nty applying to th e device. To find out more about or iginal Nokia batteries, vi s it www.nok ia.com/batte ry.
127 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . CARE AN D MAINTENA NCE You r dev ice is a prod uct of s uperi or des ign and crafts mans hip an d shou ld be tre ated w ith care. The suggestions bel ow will help you protect yo ur warranty coverage. ⢠Kee p the d evice dry. Prec ipitat ion, humidi ty a nd al l types of liqu ids o r moi sture can contain mineral s that will corrode el ectronic circuits. If your device does get wet, remove the battery a nd allow the d evice to dry comple tely before replac ing it. ⢠Do not us e or s tore the device in d usty, d irty are as. Its movi ng par ts an d e lectron ic co mpon ents c an be d ama ged. ⢠Do not s tore the device in h ot ar eas. Hig h temperatur es can s hort en the life of electronic de vices, dama ge b atteri es, and wa rp or melt c ert ain plasti cs. ⢠Do not store the devi ce in cold areas. When the de vice returns to its normal tem perature, mo istur e can form i nsid e th e devic e a nd dama ge e lectr onic c ircui t bo ards. ⢠Do not attemp t to open the dev ice other than as instructed in this g uide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, o r shake the device. Ro ugh handling can break in ternal circuit boar ds and fi ne mech anics. ⢠Do not use harsh chem icals, cleaning s olven ts, or stron g dete rgents to clea n the dev ice. ⢠Do not pa int t he dev ice. Paint c an cl og t he mov ing p arts an d p revent pro per op erat ion. ⢠Use only th e sup plied or an appro ved repl acem ent an tenn a. U naut horiz ed an tenn as, mo dificat ions , or at tachme nts co uld d amage the devic e and may vi olat e regu lations gov erni ng radio devices . ⢠Use cha rgers indoo rs. ⢠Always creat e a backup of data you want to keep (such as contacts a nd calendar note s) before sending your devi ce to a service facilit y.
128 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . All of the abov e suggesti ons apply equally to your device, batt ery, charger, or any enhancement. If any device is not working properly, t ake it to the ne arest authorize d service facility for service.
129 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Add itiona l safet y inform ation Your d evice and i ts enh ancements ma y conta in small parts . Keep t hem out o f the reach of small childr en. â Operat ing envi ronment Remember to f ollow any spe cial regulatio ns in force in any are a and always switch of f your device whe n its use is prohibi ted or when it may cause interfere n ce or dan ger. Use th e devic e only in it s normal opera ting posi tions. T his device meet s RF exposure guid elines when used either i n the norm al use positi o n aga inst th e ear o r when pos itione d at le ast 2.2 centime ters (7/8 inches) away from the body. When a carry case, belt cli p or holder is us ed for body-wo rn oper atio n, it sh ould n ot cont ai n met al and s hou ld po sitio n the dev ice t he ab ove- stat e d distanc e from your body.I n order to tr ansmit data files or messa ges, this device requir es a good qualit y connection to the network. In so me cases, trans mission of data file s or messages may b e delayed until such a connecti o n is ava ilable. Ensure the a bove sep aration distanc e instructions a re follo wed until the transmiss ion is comp leted. Parts of the device a re magnetic. Metalli c materials may b e attracted to the d e vice. Do not place cred it cards or o ther ma gnetic stor age media n ear th e device, because i nformat ion st ored o n th em m ay be er ased . â Medical devices Ope ration of a ny ra dio tra nsmi ttin g equipm ent, i nclud ing wi rel ess phon es, m ay int erfe re with the functi o nality o f inadequ ately prot ected medica l devices. Co nsult a p hysician or t he manufacturer of the med ical device to determine if they are a d equate ly shielded from external RF energ y o r if you have any q uestions. Switch off your device in heal th care
130 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . facilitie s when an y regulatio ns posted in these ar eas instr uct you to do so. Hospital s or health care f aciliti es may be using equip ment that could be sensitive to extern al RF energy . Pacemaker s Pacemaker man ufacture rs recommend that a minimu m separatio n of 15.3 centime ters (6 inch es) b e m aintai ned betwe en a wirel ess pho ne and a pace make r to a void p ote ntial interferenc e with the pacemake r. These recommen dations are consistent w ith the independen t researc h by and recommenda tions of Wireles s Techno logy Research . Person s wi th pacema kers shoul d do the follo wing: ⢠Always keep the device mo re than 15 .3 centimeters (6 inches) from t he pacemaker ⢠Not carry the de vice in a breast p ocket ⢠Hold the de vice to the ea r opposite the p acemaker to minimi ze the potential for interference. If you suspect inte rference, switch off your device, and move the device away. Hearing a ids Some digital wireless devices may interfere with so me hearing aids. If interference occurs, consu lt your servi ce provi der. â Vehicl es RF signals may affect impro perly inst alled or inadeq uately shielded electronic s ystems in motor vehicl es such as electr onic fuel in jectio n systems, electronic a ntiskid (antilock) br aking sys tem s, el ect roni c sp eed c ontr ol s yste ms, a ir bag s yste ms. F or more inf orma tio n, check with the ma n ufacturer o r its representati ve of your ve hicle or any e quipment tha t has be en adde d. Only qualif ied person nel should serv ice the de vice, or insta ll the device in a vehicle. Faulty installatio n or servic e may be dangerou s and may inval idate any warranty t h at may appl y to
131 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the device. Ch eck regula rly that all wirele s s device eq uipment in your vehic le is mounted and op eratin g pr operl y. D o not sto re or c arr y flam ma ble l iqui ds, ga ses, or explos iv e mat erial s in the same compar tment as the device, it s parts, or enhanceme nts. For vehicles equ ipped with an air b ag, remember that air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, incl udin g inst alle d or port able w ire less equi pment in t he are a ove r th e air b ag or in the air bag deploy ment area . If in-veh icle wi reless equipment is improperl y installe d a nd th e air bag inflates, serious injury could result. Using your de vice while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless teledevices in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operatio n of the airc raft, disrup t the wireless tele p hone ne twork, and may be ille g al. â Potent i all y expl osive enviro nments Switch off your device when in any a rea with a poten tially ex plosive atmo sphere and obey all signs and instruct ions. Poten tiall y explosiv e atmosphere s includ e areas where yo u would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire res ulting in bodily injury or even death. Sw itch off the device at refuelling poi nts such as near gas pu mps at s ervic e st ation s. O bser ve r est ricti ons o n t he us e of ra dio eq uipmen t in fuel depots , sto rage , and dist ributi on ar ea s, chem ical plan ts or where bla sting operatio ns are in progr ess. A reas with a poten tiall y explosive a tmospher e are oft en but not always clea rly mark ed. They incl u de belo w deck on boats , chemica l transf er or stor age fac ilities , vehi cles usi ng liqu efie d petr oleum gas (such a s prop ane o r buta ne), a nd ar eas where the air contains c hemicals or pa rticles suc h as grain, dus t, o r me tal powders .
132 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Emergen cy calls Important: Wi rel ess phon es, i ncludi ng th is devi ce, ope rate u sing r adio signa ls, wireles s netwo rks, l andlin e netw orks, and user-p rogra mme d functi ons. B ecause of this, conn ections in all condition s cannot be guaran teed. You sho uld never rely solely o n any wireles s device for esse ntial commun ications li ke medical emerge ncies. To mak e an e mergency call: 1. If the d evice is not on, switch it o n. Check for adequ ate signal streng th. Some network s may require that a valid SIM car d is properly ins erted in the device. 2. Press the end key as many ti mes as needed to clear the disp lay and ready the device fo r calls. 3. Enter the official emergency number for your presen t location. Emergency numbers vary by lo cati on. 4. Press the call key. If certain features are in use, you may first need to turn those fea tures off before you can make an emergency cal l. If the device is in offlin e or flight mo de you must change the p rofile to activat e the p hone funct ion before yo u can make an emergency cal l . Consult this guide o r your service pro vider for more information. When making an emergency call , give all the necessary i nformation as accuratel y as possible. Y our wirel ess device ma y be the only mean s of communicatio n at the scen e of an acc ident. Do no t end t he ca ll until gi ven pe rmiss ion to do so.
133 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Ce rtif icat ion inf orm ati on (SA R) THIS DEVICE MEETS INTE RNATIONAL GUID ELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES Your mobile device is a rad io transmitte r and receiver. I t is design ed and manufac tured not to exceed the lim its for exposure to radio fr equency (RF) r ecommended by in ternat ional guideli nes (ICNIRP ) . Thes e limits a re part of comprehensi ve guide lines and es tablish permitte d levels of RF ener gy for the general po pulati on. The guidel ines were developed by ind epende nt scie ntific o rga nizations throu gh p eriodi c and t horo ugh eva luati on of s cienti fic studies. The guideli n es inclu de a subs tantial s afety marg in designed to assure the safety o f all perso ns, regardless of age and health. The exposu re standard for mobile devices emplo ys a unit of measureme nt known as the Specifi c Absorpt ion Rate, o r SAR. The SAR limi t stated in the inter natio nal guide lines is 2.0 watt s/k ilogr am (W /kg) *. Te sts fo r SAR are condu cted using sta ndard o per ating pos ition s with the devi ce transmittin g at its highes t certified power level in all te s ted frequen cy bands. Altho ugh the SAR is dete rmined at the highest certifie d power le vel, the actu al SAR of the device while operat ing can be well belo w the maxi mu m value. Th is is becaus e the device is des igned to operat e at multiple power levels so as to use only the p ower requir ed to reac h the net work. In general, t he clos er you a re to a base s tation, the l ower th e pow er outp ut of t he d evice . The highes t SAR value fo r this devi ce when tested for use at th e ear is 0.72 W/kg. SA R valu es ma y vary depe nding on nat ional repor ting and t estin g requ irem ents a nd th e netw ork ba nd. Us e of d evic e acce ssor ies a nd enh ancem ents m ay re sult i n diffe rent SAR val ues. Add ition al SAR inform atio n may be pro vided und er product inform atio n at www. noki a.c om . * T he SAR limit for mobil e dev ices used by the publ ic is 2.0 W /k g avera ged over t en gra ms o f body ti ssu e. The guid elin es inc or por at e a su bstant ial ma rgi n of saf ety t o gi ve addi tional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR values may var y depe nding on nat ion al re porting requ ireme nts an d th e net work band. Fo r SA R info rmati on in other r egions pleas e look unde r produc t infor mat ion at www.no kia.com .
134 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Index A access code s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 access ories. See enha ncements . ala rm cl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 ante nna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 appl icati on do wnl oad . . . . . . . . . . 19 appl ication s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 audi ble a ler ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 audi ble s tat us sign als . . . . . . . . . . 71 B barring p assword . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 authentica tion . . . . . . . . . . . 124 charge level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 , 123 installa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Blue tooth te chnolog y . . . . . . . . . . 74 book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 bro wse r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 appe arance set ti ngs . . . . . . . 112 book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 brow sing pa ges . . . . . . . . . . . 111 cache memory . . . . . . . . . . . 116 certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 digi t al si gnatu re . . . . . . . . . . 119 scrip t sett ing s . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 se curity m odule . . . . . . . . . . 117 set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 bu sin ess ca rds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 C cache memo ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 cal c ul at or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 cal en d a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 call functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 cal l k e y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 cal l r e gi st er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 c all back r eques ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 save se nde r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 caller gr oups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 cal ls ans wer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 int er na tio n al . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mak e a v o ice d ia lin g ca ll . . . 67 mak i ng of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 options during call . . . . . . . . 31 recen t calls list . . . . . . . . . . . 58 reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 speed dialling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 car e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 cer ti fic a tes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 certification information . . . . . . 133
135 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . character case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 charge the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 circuit switche d data . . . . . . . . . 121 clock setti ng s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 codes access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 barring p assword . . . . . . . . . . 18 PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 PUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 secu ri ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 configura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 confi guration s etting serv ice . . . . 18 contact information . . . . . . . . . . . 19 contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 busine ss cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 cal ler grou ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 del ete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 edit d etail s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 my numb ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 my pres ence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 sav e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 sear ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 servic e numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 68 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 speed d ialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 subscribed names . . . . . . . . . . 64 cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 count down time r . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 count ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 CSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 customer service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 D data comm unication . . . . . . . . . 121 date s e tting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 delete e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 mes sa ge s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 dial o ut call (PTT ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 digita l sig natu re . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 disp lay settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 downl oads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 app l ica tio n s . . . . . 19 , 106 , 115 content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 game s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 E ear pi ec e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 EGP RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 IMAP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 POP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 emergency c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 end ca l l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 end ke y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 enha ncements sett ings . . . . . . . . 79 exp los i ve en v iro nm en ts . . . . . . . 131
136 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . F factory set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 fla sh me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 , 53 my fold ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 othe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 outb ox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 sav ed it ems . . . . . . . . . . . 40 , 44 sent items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 font siz e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 funct ions call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ove rview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 G gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 H handsfr ee. See loud speaker. hea ring ai ds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 he lp te xt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 hi gh- spe ed c ircu it swi tched d ata 121 HSC SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 I IM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 IMAP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 info messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 infrared connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 insta llation battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 SIM ca rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 in stant m ess aging . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 accept in vitation . . . . . . . . . . 48 ava ilabi lity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 co nt ac ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 privat e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 public . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 par ticipate i n a conv ersation 49 read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 reject invitation . . . . . . . . . . . 48 serv ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 start sess ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 unblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Inte rne t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 IR. See in frared. J joysti ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 K key gu a rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 key pa d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 key s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 key gu a rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 selectio n keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
137 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . L languag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 , 35 lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 list of recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 location information . . . . . . . . . . 59 log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 lo udspeake r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 , 31 M maintenan ce . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 , 127 media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 medical d evices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 memory full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 memory in use . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 sta tus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 mes sage cent er numb er . . . . . . . . 37 mess age se tting s e-mai l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 font siz e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 MMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 text mes s ag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 messages del ete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 fla sh me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 info messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 length in dicator . . . . . . . . . . . 38 message counte r . . . . . . . . . . 57 mess age se tting s . . . . . . . . . . 54 service comman ds . . . . . . . . . 54 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 text mes s ag es . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 voic e messages . . . . . . . . . . . 53 write SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 writ e text mes sage . . . . . . . . 38 MMS. Se e multimedia messages. modem se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 mul timedia me ssages . . . . . . . . . 40 my numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 my p resen ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 N navigat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 navig ation key. See jo ystick network EGS M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 GSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 name on dis play . . . . . . . . . . . 26 serv ices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Noki a cont act and su ppor t . . . . . 19 no te al arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 O one-to-o ne call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 one-to-o ne contact add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 operator menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 organi zer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 alarm clo ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 cal en d a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 cal en d ar no te . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 no te al arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
138 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . PC s ynchroniza tion . . . . . . . . 104 server synchro nization . . . . . 103 synchro nization . . . . . . . . . . 103 to -do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 ove rview funct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 keys and part s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 P pac ket dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8 , 121 par ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 PC connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 PC Sui te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 synchro nization . . . . . . . . . . 104 pe rson al sh ortcut s . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 pho n e care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 configura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 languag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 maintenan ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 par ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 personaliz e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 phone lock. S ee ke yp ad lo ck. phon ebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 PIN c odes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 POP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Pop- Po rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 posi tion ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 powe r ke y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 power sa ving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 predic tive t ext input . . . . . . . 33 , 34 compou nd wor ds . . . . . . . . . . 34 profil es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 PTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 ad d a group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 c all back r eques ts . . . . . . . . . . 91 creat e groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 discon nect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 group c all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 make a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 mak e a dial out cal l . . . . . . . . 89 one-to-o ne call . . . . . . . . . . . 90 receive a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 receive an invitati o n . . . . . . . 95 receive call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 set up gro ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 setti ng s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 PTT key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 PUK codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 punctuat ion marks . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Push to talk key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Push to talk. See PTT. . . . . . . . . . . 87 pushed me ssag es . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 R recen t calls list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 record sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 repair service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 ringing tones . . . . . 68 , 70 , 84 , 115
139 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . S saf ety additional information . . . . . 129 certification inform ation . . . 133 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . 132 enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 ex pl os ive en vi ro nm en ts . . . . 131 guideli nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 hea ring ai ds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 medical d evices . . . . . . . . . . 129 operatin g environm ent . . . . 129 SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 scree n save r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 scrip t sett ing s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 scroll key. See joy stick secu ri ty codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 se le ct io n ke y s . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 , 26 server synchro nization . . . . . . . . 103 servi ce commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 num be rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 servi ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 call setti n gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 configura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 displa y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 EGP RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 enha ncements . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 game s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 mes sa ge s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 modem se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . 78 packet da ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 person al s hortc uts . . . . . . . . . 70 phone se ttin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 profil es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 restore factory settings . . . . . 82 serv ice i nb ox . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 th eme s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 walle t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 share d memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 , 70 in st a ndb y mod e . . . . . . . . . . 27 joysti ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 person al l ist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 signa l st reng th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 SIM c ard inst all ation . . . . . . . . . . 20 SIM s ervic es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 temp lates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 SMS e-ma il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 specia l ch aract ers . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 speed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 , 66 stan dby mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 stopw atch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
140 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . subscribed names add con tacts . . . . . . . . . . 64 , 65 unsubscribe a contact . . . . . . 65 supp ort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 swit ch on an d off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 synchro nization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 T templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 text character case . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 pred ict ive t ex t inp ut . . . 33 , 34 com pound wor ds . . . . . . . 34 punctua tion ma rks . . . . . . . . . 35 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 special charact ers . . . . . . . . . . 35 tr ad it io na l tex t in p ut . . . 33 , 35 writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 text mes s ag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 time setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 to -do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 tone s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 tr ad it io na l tex t in p ut . . . . . . . . . . 35 U unlock keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 UPIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 , 22 , 82 V veh ic l es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 vib rati ng ale rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 voic e comma nds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 voic e dialing add v oice ta gs . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 make a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 man ag e v o ice tag s . . . . . . . . . 67 voic e messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 vo ice ta gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 volume keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 W walle t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 co de s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 profil e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 wallpa per . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 , 71 Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 wireless m arkup language . . . . 110 WML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 wrist s trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 writ e text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 writ ing la nguag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 X XHTML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
DECLARATIO N OF CONFORMITY We, NO KIA CORPORA TIO N decl are u nder ou r so le r espons ibi lit y that the product RM-94 is i n confo rmit y with the p rov ision s of the fo llow ing Co uncil Dir ective: 199 9/5/ EC. A c op y of the De cla rat ion o f C onf orm ity can be fo un d fr om ht tp:/ /w ww. n okia .com / phon es/ de cl arat ion _of_ co n formi ty/ . Copy r ight é 20 05 Noki a . Al l ri gh ts res e rve d. The c ros sed- out whee led bi n m eans tha t wi thin the E uropean U nion t he produ ct mus t be tak en to separate collection at the product end-of life . This applies to your device but also to any enhancements ma rked with this symbol. Do not dispose of these products as unso rted muni cipal was te. Reprodu cti on, trans fe r, dis trib uti on or stor age of part or al l of t he co nten ts i n thi s docu men t in any for m without the prior written permission of Nokia is prohibited. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Xpress-on and Pop-Por t are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia Corpor ati on. Othe r prod uct and com pan y name s men tione d he rein may be t rade mark s o r tra denam es of th eir re spect ive own ers. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Corporation. Bluet ooth i s a re giste re d tra demark o f B luet ooth SI G, In c. US Patent No 5818437 and other pe ndin g patent s. T9 tex t inpu t softw are Copy righ t (C) 1997 -2005. Te gic Comm unications, Inc. All rights reserved. Inclu des RS A BS AFE c rypto gra phic or securi ty pro toco l softw are fr om R SA Se curi ty.
Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. This pr oduct is licen sed u nder th e MPEG-4 Vis ual P atent Po rtf oli o Lice nse (i ) for per sonal and no ncom m ercia l use in c onne ctio n wi th in form atio n w hich h as b een enco de d in c omp lian ce wi th t he MPEG-4 Visual Sta ndard by a co nsumer engaged in a p ersonal an d noncommercial activity and (i i) for use in co nnect ion with MP EG-4 vid eo pr ovid ed by a li cense d vid eo pr ovide r. N o lic ense i s gr anted o r sh all be impli ed f or any oth er us e. Addi ti onal i nfo rma tion i ncl udin g tha t rel ati ng t o promo tiona l, i nter na l and comm erci al uses m ay be ob tained from M PEG LA , LLC. See < http: //www.m pegla.co m>. Nokia oper ate s a poli cy of co ntin uous devel opmen t. N okia r ese rves t he r ight to ma ke cha nge s and impro veme nts to any of the prod ucts desc ribed in this documen t wi thout prio r not ice . Un der n o circ umst ance s sh all N oki a be r espo nsibl e for a ny l oss o f da ta or inco me or any speci al, inci den tal, c onse quenti al or in dir ect dam age s howsoe ver caus ed. T h e c o n t e nt s o f t h i s d o c u m e n t a r e p r o v i d e d " a s i s " . E x c e p t a s r e q u i r e d b y a pp l i c a b l e l a w , n o w a r r a n t ie s o f an y kin d, e ithe r exp res s or i mp lied , inc ludi ng, but not li mi ted to, th e im plie d w arran tie s of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose , are made in relation to the accuracy, reliability or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this document or withdraw it at any time without prior notice. The av aila bili ty of par ticu lar pr oduc ts ma y vary by re gion . Ple ase ch eck with th e No kia de aler near est t o you. This device may c ontain commod iti es, t echn ology or sof twa re sub ject t o expo rt laws and regul atio ns f rom the U S and ot her co untries . Div ersio n con trary to la w is p rohibit ed. 9237 275 /I ssu e 3
4 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Contents For your safety ..................................................... ............................................. 12 General information ............................................. ............................................. 16 Overvie w of functions ....................... ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 16 Acce ss codes ........................ ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...... ..................... 17 Security code .................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............. ................... ..... 17 PIN co des ........................... ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...... ..................... 17 PUK co des .......... ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 17 Barring p assword ............................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 18 Wallet code ....................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 18 Confi guration s ettings s ervice ........................ ................. ................................ ........................ ............. 18 Dow nload co ntent a nd appl ications .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 19 Nokia sup port and contact information ...... ................. ................................ ................................ ... .. 19 1. Get started .......................... .............................. ............................................. 20 Instal l the SIM card and the battery............. ................................. ................ ............................. ........ 20 Charge the battery ............................. ................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 22 Switc h the phone on and off .......................... ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..... 22 Antenna . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ...................... .......... ................ ..... 23 Wris t strap ............ ................................ ................ ................................. ....................... ......... ................ ..... 23 2. Your phone.......................... ............................................................ ............... 24 Keys and parts ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 24 Stand by mode ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............ .... ..................... 26 Persona l shortcut list ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 26 Shortc uts in the standby mode ................... ................................. ................ .............................. ....... 27 Power s aving .... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .. ................ ..... 27
5 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Indicators ........... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ......... ....................... ..... 27 Keyp ad lock (keyguard) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 29 3. Call funct ions ..................... ............................................................ ............... 30 Make a call ........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 30 Speed dialing .... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................. ................... ..... 30 Answe r or rej ect a call ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... ..... 31 Call w aiting....... ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ........... ..................... ..... 31 Opti ons during a call ......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 31 4. Write text .......................................................... .............................. ............... 33 Settings ................................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ................ ..... 33 Predi ctive text input .......................... ................................. ................ ............................... . ..................... 34 Write compo und words ................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 34 Traditi onal te xt input ........ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 35 5. Navigate the menus ....................................................................... ............... 36 6. Messages ........................................................... ............................................. 37 Text m essages (SMS) ......... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 37 Write and send a SMS message.. ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 38 Opti ons for se nding a mes sage................................. ................ ................................ ................ . .... 39 Read and reply to a SMS mess age ............. ................. ................................ ................................ .. ... 39 Templates .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................... ..... ................ ..... 40 Saved i tems fo lder a nd My folders ............................. ................ ................................ ................ . .... 40 Mult imedia me ssages (M MS).......... ................................. ................ ................................ ........... .......... 40 Write and send a multim edia message..... ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 41 Read and reply to a multime dia message ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 43 Message folders ............... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 44 Memo ry full .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..................... 44 Flash mes sages .................... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 45
6 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Write a message .............................. ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 45 Receive a mess age .......... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ... .................. 45 Instant mes saging (I M) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ... ............. ..... 45 Access the menu ............. ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ ..... 46 Connect to the inst ant messaging servi ce ................................ ................................ ................ ..... 4 6 Start an ins tant mes saging session ........... ................................. ................................ ................ . .... 47 Accept or reject an invitati on...... ................................. ................ ................................ .......... ........... 48 Read a message ............................... ................................. ................ ................................ ..................... 48 Participat e in a conve rsation ....................... ................................. ................................ .......... ...... ..... 49 Edit your availabil ity status ......................... ................................. ................ ........................ ........ ..... 49 Contacts fo r ins tant mes saging .. ................................. ................................ ................ .............. ....... 49 Block a nd unb lock me ssages ....... ................................. ................ ................................ ............. ... ..... 50 Groups ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ........................ ....... . ..................... 50 Publi c group s ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ . .............. ...... 50 Privat e groups ............... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ . ............... ..... 51 E-ma il application .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 51 Write and send an e-mail ............. ................ ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..... 52 Downlo ad e-mail ............. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 52 Read and reply to e-mai l .............. ................ ................................. ................................ ........ ........ ..... 52 Inbox and other folders . ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ................ ..... 53 Delete e-mai l messages ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ........ ............. 53 Voic e messages ................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 53 Info m essages ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..................... ..... 54 Service command s.............................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..................... 54 Delete messag es.................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 54 Me ssage settings ................................ ................................. ................ .............................. .. ............... ...... 54 Text an d SMS e-mail ...... ................................ ................. ................................ ..................... ........... ..... 54 Multim edia........ ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ............ .................... ..... 55 E-mail . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ....................... ......... ................ ..... 56
7 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Font size ............................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 57 Me ssage counter. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .. ..................... 57 7. Call register ......................... ............................................................ ............... 58 Rece nt calls lists . ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 58 Count ers and timers .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 58 Positi oning inform ation .................... ................................. ................................ ................ ... .................. 59 8. Contacts ............................................................ ............................................. 60 Search for a conta ct .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 60 Save name s and phone numb ers ................... ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 60 Save num bers, items, or an image . ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 60 Copy contacts ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ........... ..... ..................... 61 Edit co ntact d etails ............ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .................. ..... 62 Delete contacts or contact detai ls ................ ................................. ................ ............................ ......... 62 Busi ness cards ..................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 62 My p resence ......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 63 Subs cribed n ames ............... ................................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 64 Add contacts t o the subsc ribed n ames ...................... ................ ................................ ................ ..... 64 View the subscribe d names .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ..... 65 Unsub scribe a c ontact ... ................................ ................. ................................ ...................... ............... 65 Settings . ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 65 Spee d dialing ....................... ................ ................................. ................................ .......... ...... ................ ..... 66 Voic e dialing ........ ................................ ................ ................................. ......................... ....................... ..... 66 Add and mana ge voice tags ......... ................................. ................ ................................ ............ .... ..... 67 Make a call with a voice ta g ....... ................................. ................................ ................ ........... .......... 67 Service numbe rs .................. ................................ ................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 68 My nu mbers ......... ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 68 Caller group s ........................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 68
8 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 9. Se ttings ............................................................ .............................. ............... 69 Profil es ... ................................ ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 69 Themes ... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........... ................ ..... 69 Tones ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................... ............................. ..... 70 Person al shortc uts .............. ................ ................................. ................................ .............. .. ..................... 70 Displa y ... ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ .... ............ ..................... 71 Time a nd da te ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 72 Call .......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ ................ ..... 72 Phon e ..................... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .... ............ ..................... 73 Conne ctivity ......................... ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... ..... 74 Bluetoot h wirele ss technol ogy .... ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..... 74 Set u p a Bluetooth connection ................... ................. ................................ .............................. .. ..... 75 Bluetoot h conne ction .... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ...... .......... ..... 76 Bluetoot h setting s .......... ................................ ................. ................................ .................. ................... 76 Infrared .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ........................ ........ ................ ..... 77 IR co nnectio n indicat or ............................. ................................. ................ .......................... ...... ..... 77 Packet da ta (EGPRS) ..... ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ ..... 78 Mod em settings ........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ..... 78 Enhanc ements ..... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................. ... ................ ..... 79 Confi guration....... ................................ ................ ................................. .......................... ...................... ..... 80 Secu rity.................. ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ................................. 81 Resto re factory settings.... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 82 10.Operator menu ................................................ ............................................. 83 11.Gallery ................................ ............................................................ ............... 84 12.Media ... ............................................................ ............................................. 85 Record er ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 85 Record sound .................... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 85
9 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Options afte r recording . ................................ ................. ................................ ...................... .......... ..... 86 13.Pus h to talk ..................................................... ............................................. 87 Push to talk menu .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 88 Conne ct to and disc onnect PTT ...................... ................. ................................ ........................... ..... ..... 88 Make and rec eive a P TT cal l ............................ ................................. ................ ....................... ......... ..... 89 Make a dial- out PTT ca ll ............... ................................. ................ ................................ ....... ......... ..... 89 Make a group call ........... ................................ ................. ................................ .................. ................... 90 Make a one-to -one call ................................ ................. ................................ ........................ ............. 90 Receive a PT T call ............ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 91 Callb ack requests ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............. .................. ...... 91 Send a callba ck requ est ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ....... ......... ..... 91 Respond t o a callback req uest .... ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..... 92 Save t he callb ack req uest sende r ............... ................................. ................ ............................... . ..... 92 Add a one -to-one contact ............................... ................. ................................ ....................... .............. 93 Crea te and set up groups . ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ ..... 93 Add a group ...... ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... ................ ..... 94 Receive an invi tation ..... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .... ............ ..... 95 PTT s ettings .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........................ ..... 95 14.Organizer ......................................................... .............................. ............... 97 Alarm clo ck........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 97 Stop t he alarm . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 97 Calen dar ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 98 Make a calend ar note .... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ...... .......... ..... 98 A not e alarm ..................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 98 To-do list ............................... ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 99 Not es ...... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................... ............. ................ ..... 99 Wallet..... ................................ ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. .................. 100 Access the wal let menu ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ................ .. 100
10 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Create a wall et profile ... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .... .............. 101 Wallet settin gs . ................................ ................ ................................. .............................. .................. .. 101 Making purc hases ........... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ .................. 102 Synchron izati on .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... .................. 103 Server s ynchroniza tion .................. ................ ................................. ................ ...................... .......... .. 103 Server synchro nization sett ings ............................... ................................ ................................ . . 104 PC synchroni zation ......................... ................................. ................ ................................ ................ .. 104 PC s ynchroniza tion se ttings ..... ................................. ................................ ................ .............. .... 104 15.Appli cations....................... ............................................................ ............. 105 Games a nd applicat ions ... ................................ ................................. ................ ..................... ............. 105 Game and application d ownl oads ............................... ................ ................................ ................ .. 106 Game settings .. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................... 106 Memory sta tus . ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ .. 106 Calc ulator ............. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... .................. 107 Count down timer................ ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ............... ... 108 Stopw atch............. ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........ ................ .. 108 16.Web .................................... ............................................................ ............. 110 Set up bro wsing .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 110 Conne ct to a service .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 110 Brows e pages ....................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ .................. 111 Browse with pho ne ke ys ............... ................................. ................ ................................ ......... ....... .. 112 Options whi le browsing . ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ .. 112 Direct ca lling .... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................ .................... .. 112 Appe arance s ettings .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... .. 112 Cook ies .. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ..................... ............................. 113 Script s over secure connectio n....................... ................................. ................ ......................... ....... .. 114 Book marks ............ ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... .. 114 Receive a book mark........ ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .... ............ .. 114
11 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Downl oad file s..... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................... ..... ................ .. 115 Service inbox........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ......... ....................... .. 115 Service inbox settings .................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .. 116 Cache memory ..... ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... .................. 116 Brows er security . ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... ................ .. 116 Security module ............... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 117 Certificate s ........................ ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...................... .. 118 Digital sign ature .............................. ................................. ................ ............................... . .................. 119 17.SIM services ....................... ............................................................ ............. 120 18.PC connectivity ............................................... ........................................... 121 PC S uite . ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... .................. 121 Packet data, HS CSD, and CS D ......................... ................................. ................ .......................... ...... .. 121 Data c omm unication applicat ions. ................................. ................ ................................ .............. .... 122 19.Battery information .......... .............................. ........................................... 123 Chargi ng and disch arging ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ...... .......... .. 123 Nokia battery authent ication g uidelines ..... ................................. ................ ................................ .. 124 CARE AND MAINTENANCE.... ............................................................ ............. 127 Additional safety information ............................. ........................................... 129
12 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . For you r sa fet y Read thes e simple guid elines . Not follo wing them ma y be dangerous or illegal . Read the complete use r guide for further informat ion. SWI TCH ON S AFEL Y Do no t sw itch the phon e on w hen w irel ess phon e use is p rohibit ed o r when it may cause inte rferen ce or danger. ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRS T Obey all l ocal laws . Always keep your hands free to operate th e vehi cle while driving . Your first consider ation whil e driving should be road s afety. INTER FEREN CE All wireless phones may be susceptible to interference, which could affect performance. SWITCH OFF IN HO SPITA LS Follow any restr ictions. Sw itch the phone off nea r medi cal equi pment . SWITCH OFF IN AIRC RAFT Follow any restrictions. Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWITCH OFF W HEN REFUELLING Do not us e the phone at a refuelli ng point. Do not use n ear fuel or chemicals . SWITCH OFF NEAR BL ASTING Follow a ny restrictio ns. Do not use the phone wher e blast ing is in pro gress.
13 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . USE SEN SIB LY Use only in the no rmal posi tion a s expl ained in t he pro duct do cume ntati on. Do not touc h the a ntenna unne cessaril y. QUALIF IED SE RVICE Only qual ified pers onnel may insta ll or rep air this prod uct. ENHA NCEM ENTS AN D BA TTERIE S Use onl y appro ved enha ncement s and b atteries. Do not conne ct incom patible products. WATER-RESIS TANCE Your phone is not water-resista nt. Keep it dry. BACK-UP COPIES Remember to make back-up cop ies or keep a writt en record of a ll important information stored i n your phone. CONNECTIN G TO OTHER DEVICES When connecti ng to any other device, rea d its user guid e for detailed safety instru ctions. Do not connect incompatib le products . EMER GENC Y CALL S Ensu re t he p hone is switc hed on a nd in ser vice. Pr ess the end k ey as ma ny t imes as need ed to cle ar the dis play and return t o the start s creen. En ter t he emerge ncy number, then press t he call key. Give your location. Do n ot end the call unt il given permis sion to do so.
14 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Abou t you r dev ice Th e wire less de vic e desc ribe d in this gui de is appr oved for us e on the EGSM 9 00 an d GSM 1800 and 1900 networks. C ontact y our service pro vider for mo re informati on about ne two rk s. Wh en usi ng t he fe ature s in this de vic e, obe y all l aws an d resp ect th e p rivac y an d legi tima te righ ts of o th ers . Warn ing: To use a ny featur es in this device, oth er than the al arm clock , the device must be swi tched on. Do not switc h the devi ce on when wireless device use may cause inter fer ence or danger . â Networ k servic es To use the phone yo u must have service fr om a wireles s service pro vider. Ma ny of the feat ures in this device d epend on features in the wi reless network to funct ion. The se network services may not be available on all networks or you ma y have to make specific arrangements with your se rvice prov ider befor e you can utiliz e networ k services. Your se rvice prov ider may n eed to giv e you ad dition al i nstruc tions for their use an d expl ain w hat charges will apply. Some networks may have limita tions that affect how you can use netw ork servic es. For in stance, some netwo rks ma y not supp ort a ll langua ge-dep endent characters and services. Your ser vice pr ovid er m ay h ave re queste d th at ce rtain f eatur es be dis abled or no t act ivate d in your device. I f so, they will not a ppear on your device me nu. Your device may also have been specially co nfigure d for your network provi der. This config uration ma y include changes in menu names, men u order a nd icons. Cont act your servi ce provid er for more informa tion. This devi ce sup ports WA P 2.0 pro toc ols (H TTP and SS L) tha t run o n TCP /IP prot oc ols. S ome feature s of this device , such as text mes sages, multi media me ssages , instant mess aging service, e-mail ap plicatio n, pres ence enhanc ed contacts , mobil e Interne t servi ces, conten t
15 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . and a pplic atio n do wnl oad, an d sy nch roni zati on wi th a r emo te Inte rn et se rver, req uire netw ork s uppor t for th ese te chno logie s. â Sha red memo ry The foll owing featur es in this d evice may sha re memory: co ntacts, tex t messa ges, ins tant mes sages, S MS e-m ail, voice ta gs, cale ndar, a nd not es. U se of one or more of thes e feat ures may reduce the memo ry availa ble for the r emaining feature s sharing memory. For exa mple, saving many SMS e-mail may use al l of the avail able me mory. Your device may displa y a message tha t the memor y is full when you try to use a shared memory featur e. In this case , delete som e of the info rmatio n or entries stored in the shar ed memory fe atures be fore cont inuing. S ome of the feature s, such as co ntacts, text me ssages, i nstant mes sages and SMS e-mail may have a certain amount o f memory specia lly allo tted to them in addition to the memory s hared with other feat ures. â Enh anc em en ts A f ew p ra cti ca l r u les ab ou t a c ces so rie s and e nh an ce men ts ar e a s fo llo ws : ⢠Kee p al l acce ssor ies a nd enh ance ment s out of the rea ch of sma ll chil dren. ⢠When you disconne ct the power cord of any acces sory or enhancemen t, grasp and pull the plug, not the co rd. ⢠Che ck r egul arl y that enha nce ments in stall ed i n a v ehic le a re mo unte d and are opera tin g pro pe rly . ⢠Ins tallatio n of an y compl ex car enha ncement s must be made by qualifi ed person nel on ly.
16 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Gene ral information â Ov ervie w o f fun cti ons Your phone pr ovides many functions that are practical fo r daily use, such as a calendar, a clock, and an alarm clock. Your phone also suppor ts the following functions: ⢠Multimedia messaging. See Mult imedia message s (MMS) p. 40 . ⢠Instant messages. See Instant messaging (IM) p. 45 . ⢠Bluetooth t echnology. See Bluetooth wirele ss technology p. 74 . ⢠E-mail. See E-mail application p. 51 . ⢠Audible alerts to check the ba ttery s tatus and the network stat us using acoustic signals. See Pers onal shortcuts p. 70 . ⢠Presence- enhanced contacts. See My presence p. 63 . ⢠EDGE (Enhanc ed Data rates for G SM Evolution). See Packet dat a (EGPRS) p. 78 . ⢠Push to t alk. See Push to talk p. 87 . ⢠Java 2 Platform, Micro Edit ion, J2MEî. See Applications p. 105 . ⢠XHTML browser. See We b p. 110 .
17 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Acc ess c odes Security code The secur ity code (5 t o 10 digits) helps to protect your phone against unauthorized use . The preset code is 12345. To change the code and s et the phone to reque st the code , see Security p. 81 . PIN co des The pers onal identification number (PIN) code and the unive rsal personal identification numbe r (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digits) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized us e. See Security p. 81 . The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digits) may be supplied with the SIM card and is required for some functions . The module PIN is required to access the information in t he security module. See Security module p. 117 . The s igning PIN is required for the digit al signature. See Digital signat ure p. 119 . PUK c ode s The pers onal unblocking ke y (PUK) code and the univ ersal personal unbloc king key (UPUK) code (8 digits) is required to cha nge a blocked PIN code and UPIN code, respecti vely. The PUK2 code (8 digits) is required to change a blocked PIN2 code. If the codes are not supplied wi th the SIM card, contac t your local service provider for the codes .
18 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Ba rring pas sword The barring password (4 digits) is required when using the Call barring ser vice . See Security p. 81 . Wallet code The wallet code (4 to 8 digits) is required to access the wallet services. For further information, s ee Wallet p. 100 . â Con figu ratio n set tings serv ice To us e some of the net work servic es, such as mobile Internet services, MMS, or remote Internet server synchronization, y our phone must ha ve the correc t configuration s ettings. You may be able to r eceive the settings di rectly as a configuration mes sage. After receiving the settings you must save them on y our phone. The service provide r may prov ide a PIN th at is needed to save t he settings. For mor e information on ava ilability, c ontact your network oper ator, serv ice provider, nearest authorize d Nokia deale r, or visit the support area on the Nok ia Web site, <www.nokia.c om/support>. When you have receiv ed a conf iguration message, Configur ation sett. receive d is displaye d. To save the se tt ings, selec t Show > Save . If the phone requests Enter settings' PIN: , enter the PIN code for t he settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code , contact the service provider that supplies the settings. If no set tings are saved yet, these s ettings are s aved and s et as default configuration setti ngs. Otherwise, the phone as ks A ctivate save d configuration settings? .
19 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To dis card the r eceived s ettings, select Exit or Show > Dis card . To edit t he settings , see Configuration p. 80 . â Download c onte nt and applicat ions You may be able t o download new content (for example, themes) to the phone (network service). Select the download function ( for example, in the Gallery menu). To acce ss the download function, see t he respective menu descriptions. For the availability of different services , pricing, and t ariffs, c ontact your se rvice provider. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. â Nokia sup port an d contact info rmation Check w ww.nokia.com/support or your local N okia Web site for th e latest ver sion of this guide, additional information, downloads, and s ervices related to your Nokia product. On the W eb site, y ou can get information on the use of Nokia pr oducts and service s. If you need t o contact customer serv ice, check the list of local Nokia Care contact cent ers at www.nokia.com/cus tomerservice. For maint enance servic es, check your nearest Nokia Care s ervices loc ation at www.nok ia.com/repair.
20 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1. Get sta rte d â Ins tall the SIM ca rd an d the ba tter y Kee p al l SIM c ards out o f the reach o f sm all ch ildre n. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. Alwa ys s witc h the devi ce off , and disc onne ct the c har ger b efor e remo vin g the ba tt ery. 1. To remove the back cover of the phone, push the back c over relea se button (1), and slide the back cover towards the bottom of the phone (2). When the back cover is released, take it off the phone. 2. Remove th e battery by lifting it as shown. Inser t the SIM card into th e SIM card holder unt il it snaps into posit ion. Make sure that t he SIM card is properly inserted and t hat the golden contact area on the card is facing downwar ds.
21 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. To remove the SIM card, press the SIM card release (1), and s lide the SIM car d towards the top of the phone (2). 4. Position t he battery with the contacts aligned to the golden contacts of the phone. Insert the battery int o the ba ttery slot . 5. Align the back cove r on the back of the phone ( 1) with a gap above the top of the back cover of approximatel y 3 mm. Push the back c over up to the top of the phone to lock it (2).
22 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Char ge t he battery Warn ing: Use on ly batteri es, char gers, and enhancemen ts appro ved by Nokia for use with this particula r model. The use of any other types may invalidate a ny appro val or wa rranty, and may b e da ngerous . Check the model number of a ny charger before use wit h this device. This device is intend ed for use when supplied w ith power from A CP-7and A CP-12 charg ers. For availabili ty of approved enhanc ements , please check with you r dealer. When you dis co nne ct the pow er cord of a ny enh a nce men t, gra sp an d pull t he pl ug , no t t he c or d. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. Conn ect the lea d from the cha rger t o the socke t on the bottom of your phone. If the battery i s completely dis charged, it may take a few minutes bef ore the c harging indicator appears on the display or before any calls can be made . The c harging time depends on the charger and the ba ttery used. F or example , charging a ba ttery w ith the ACP- 12 charger takes approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes while the phone is in the standby mode. â Swi tc h t he pho ne on an d of f War ning : Do not switch the pho ne on when wir eless pho ne use is pro hibite d or when it may cause inte rferenc e or danger. Press the power key. If the phone asks f or a PIN or a UPIN code, enter the code (dis played as ****), and sel ect OK .
23 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Anten na Your d evice has a n interna l antenna. Note: As wi th an y othe r ra dio tra nsmi tting device , do no t touch t he anten na unne cessaril y when the device is switch ed on. Contact with th e antenna affects call quality an d may cause the dev ice to oper at e at a hi ghe r p ower le vel tha n otherwis e needed. Avoidin g contact with the antenna area w hen operating the d evice optimizes the antenna perfo rmance and the battery life. â Wris t s trap Thread t he wrist st rap as shown in t he picture a nd tighten it.
24 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 2. Y our phone â Keys and pa rts ⢠Power key (1) ⢠Earpiece (2) ⢠Loudspeaker (3) ⢠Volume key s (4) ⢠Push to t alk (PTT) a nd voice recorder acti vation key ( 5) ⢠Left selection, middle selection, and right selection key (6) ⢠5-way joystick (7) ⢠Call key (8) ⢠End key (9) ⢠Keypad (10) (depending on y our region) ⢠Charger connector (11) ⢠Pop-Port TM connector (12)
25 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . ⢠Push to talk (PTT) or voice recorder acti vation key ( 13) ⢠Infrared (IR) port (14)
26 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Sta ndb y mod e When the phone is r eady for use, and you have not e ntered any c haracters, the phone is in the standby mode. ⢠Name of the network or the operator logo (1) ⢠Signal st rength of t he cellular net work at y our current locat ion (2) ⢠Batter y charge level (3) ⢠Left selection key is Go to (4). ⢠Middle sel ection key is Men u (5) ⢠Right s election key is Na mes (6 ) or another s hortcut to a function that you selec t. See Personal sh ortcuts p. 70 . Operat or variants ma y have an o perator- specific name to a ccess an operator-spec ific Web site. Person al s hort cut lis t The left selection k ey is Go to . To vie w the functions in the pers onal shortcut lis t, select Go t o . To acti vate a function selec t it. To view a lis t with available functions, sele ct Go to > Opt ions > Select options . To add a function to the shortcut l ist, select Mar k . To remove a function f rom the li st, sel ect Unmark .
27 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . To rearr ange the functions on your pe rsonal shortcut list, se lect Go to > Options > O rganise . Sele ct the desi red function, Move , and th e place where you want to move the f unction. Sh ortc uts in the st andb y m ode To ac cess the lis t of dialed numbers, press the call key once. Scroll to t he number or name t hat you w ant; and to call the number, pres s the call k ey. To open the web browser, press and hold 0 . To ca ll your voice ma ilbox, pres s and hold 1 . Use t he joystick as a short cut. Move the joystick r ight to acc ess push to talk (if available) or the calendar, left to start writing an SMS message, up, or down to acces s the list of contacts. Power s aving For power saving, a digital clock view overwrites the display when no phone function has been us ed for a certain per iod of time. Press any ke y to deactiv ate th e screen s aver. Indicators You have receiv ed one or several text , picture o r multimedia mes sages. See Read and repl y to a SMS message p. 39 or Read and reply t o a multimedia messa ge p. 43 .
28 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . The phone has registered a missed call. See Call r egister p. 58 . Your phone is connected to t he instant messaging service and the availability st atus is o nline or offline, r espectively . See Connect to the instant messaging service p. 46 . You have received one or se veral instant messages and you are connec ted to the ins tant messaging service. See Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvi ce p. 46 . The phone k eypad is loc ked. See Key pad lock (key guard) p. 29 . The phone does not ring for an incoming ca ll or text mes sage when Incoming call alert is s et to Off and Message alert tone i s se t to Off . See Tones p. 70 . The alarm cloc k is s et to On . See Alarm clock p. 97 . When the EG PRS connection mode Alway s online is selected and the EGPRS service is available, the indicator is shown on t he top left of the display. Se e Packet data (EG PRS) p. 78 . When the EG PRS connection is established, the indic ator is shown on the top left of the display. See Packet data (EGPRS) p. 78 and Browse pages p. 111 . The EGPRS connection is s uspended (on hold), for example if t here is an incoming or outgoing call du ring the EGPRS dial- up connection.
29 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . The loudspea ker has been activated, s ee Options during a call p. 31 . Calls are limited t o a clos ed user group. See Securit y p. 81 . A headset or handsfree is connected. A loopset or music stand is co nnected. Push to talk connection is active or suspended. Bluetooth connection indicator. See Bluetooth wireless technology p. 74 . â Key pad lock (key guard) To preve nt the keys fr om being accident ally press ed, select Menu , and press * within 3.5 seconds to lock the keypad. To unlock the ke ypad, selec t Unlock , and pr ess * . To ans wer a call w hen the ke yguard is on, press the call key. Whe n you end or reject the call, the key pad automatically locks. For Automatic keyguard , s ee Phone p. 73 . When the keygua rd is on, calls st ill may be pos sible to the of ficial eme rgency numb er programmed in to your device.
30 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 3. Call funct ion s â Mak e a cal l 1. Enter the phone number, inc luding the area code. For international calls, press * twice for the int ernational prefix (the charact er replaces t he internati onal access code ) and then e nter the c ountry code, the area code without the leading 0, if necessary, and the phone number. 2. To ca ll the number , press the call key. 3. To end the call or t o cancel the call attempt, press the end key. To mak e a call using names , search for a name or phone number in Contacts , see Search f or a contac t p. 60 . Pres s the call k ey to c all the number. To ac cess the list of up to 20 numbers you last c alled or attempt ed to call, pres s the call key onc e in the standby mode. T o call the number, select a number or name, and press th e call key . Speed dialing Assign a phone number to one of the s peed-dialing key s, 2 to 9 . See Speed dialing p. 66 . Call the number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press a speed-dial ing key , then the c all key. â¢I f Speed dialling is set to On , press and hold a speed-dialing k ey until the c all begins. See Speed dialling in Call p. 72 .
31 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Answe r or re je ct a c al l To ans wer an incoming c all, press th e call k ey. To end the call, press the end key. To rejec t an incoming call, press the end k ey. To mute t he ringing tone, select Silence . If a compatible headset supplied with the headset key is connected to the phone, to a nswer and end a call, press the heads et ke y. Ca ll wa it ing To ans wer the wa iting call during a n active call, pre ss the call key. The first call is put on hold. To end the active c all, press the end k ey. To ac tiv ate th e Call waiting funct ion, see Call p. 72 . â Options d urin g a call Many of t he options that y ou can use during a cal l are network services. For availability, contact your network operator or s ervice provider . During a call, select O ptions and fr om the following options: Call options are Mute or Unm ut e , Contac ts , Menu , Record , Lock key pad , Auto volume on or Aut o volume off , Loudspeaker or H andset . Network s ervices opt ions are Answer and Reject , H old or Unhold , New call , A dd to con fer en ce , E nd call , End all calls , and t he following: Send DTMF â t o send tone s trings Swap â to switch between t he active ca ll and the call on hold
32 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Transf er â to connect a call on hold to an active c all and disconne ct yourself Conference â to make a conference call that allows up to five persons to take part in a c onference cal l Private call âÂÂto dis cuss privately in a confer ence call War ning: Do not hold the de vice near your ear when th e loudspeaker is in use, becau se the volume may be extremely loud.
33 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 4. Writ e text You can e nter text (for example, w hen writing mes sages) using traditional or predictiv e text input. Wh en using traditional text input, pr ess a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until t he desired character appears. In predic tive text input you can enter a letter with a single k eypress. When you are writing t ext, predi ctive text input is indicated by and traditional t ext input by at the t op left of th e display. , , or appear next to the t ext input indic ator, indicat ing the charac ter case. To cha nge the charac ter case and the text input mode, pr ess # . indicates number mode. To change from t he letter to nu mber mode, press and hold # , and sel ect Number mode . â Sett ings To set the writing language, select Options > Writing language . Predicti ve text input is only available fo r the language s listed. Select Options > Dict ionary on to s et the pre dictive text input or Dict ionary off to set traditional text input.
34 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Pred ict ive te xt in put Predictive t ext input is based on a built -in dictionary to which you can also add new word s. 1. Start writing a word using the 2 to 9 keys. Press each key only onc e for a single letter. T he word c hanges af ter each k eypress. 2. When y ou have finished writ ing the word and it is correct, to co nfirm it, press 0 to add a space, or move the joys tick. Move the joys tick to th e right or to the left to move t he cursor . If the word is not c orrect, pre ss * repea tedly, or s elect Options > Matches . When the word that you want a ppears, confirm it. If ? is displayed a fter the w ord, the word y ou intended to wr ite is not in the dictiona ry. To add t he word to t he dictionary, selec t Spell . Enter the word (traditional t ext input is used), and select Save . 3. Start writing the next word. Wri te comp ound wo rds Enter th e first pa rt of the word, and move t he joystick to the right to conf irm it. Write the last part of t he word, and confirm the word.
35 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Tradit ional te xt in put Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all charact ers available under a number k ey are printed on the ke y. T he characters available depend on the language selecte d in the Phone language menu, see Phone p. 73 . If the next letter you want is located on t he same k ey as the present one, wait until the cursor appea rs, or move t he joystick and enter t he letter. The mos t common punctuation mar ks and spec ial characters are available under the 1 key.
36 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 5. N avigate the me nus The phone offers you an extensive r ange of f unctions that ar e grouped into menus. 1. To ac cess the menu, se lect Men u . 2. Use t he joystick to scroll through the menu and select a s ubmenu (for exa mple, Settings ). To change t he menu view , see Menu v iew in Display p. 71 . 3. If the menu c ontains submenus, s elect t he one t hat you want (f or example Call settings ). 4. If the selected menu contains further submenus, select the one that you want (for ex ample, Anykey answer ). 5. Select the setting of your choice . 6. To return to the previous menu lev el, select Back . To exit the menu, select Exit .
37 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 6. Messages The mes sage services can only be used if they are supported by your network or your service provider. Not e: When sending mes s ages, yo ur phone may di splay the wor ds Me ssag e sen t . This is a n indicatio n that the me s sage has been sent b y your device to th e messag e centre number p rogrammed int o your device. This is not an in dicatio n that the messag e has been rec eived at the intended des tination. For more deta ils about messag ing servic es, check with yo ur service pro vider. Important : Ex ercise caution w hen opening messa ges. Message s may contain mal iciou s soft ware or oth erwise be ha rmful to yo ur devi ce or PC. Note : Only device s that have compatib le features can receiv e and display messag es. The app earance of a message may vary de pending on the receiv ing device. â Te xt messag es (S M S) Using t he short message se rvice (SMS) you can send and receiv e multipart messages made of seve ral ordinary t ext messages (net work service ) that can contain pictures. Before y ou can send any text, picture, or e-ma il message, you must save y our message c enter number. See Message settings p. 54 . To che ck SMS e-mail service ava ilability and to subscribe t o the s ervice, cont act your service provider.
38 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Your device s upports th e sending of te xt messages beyond the ch aracter li mit for a single message. Longer messag es wil l b e sent as a ser ies of tw o or more mes sages. Your se rvice provider may charge accordingly. Charact e rs that use accen ts or other marks, a nd characters from some lang u age optio ns like Ch inese, take up more space l imiting the numbe r of chara cters that ca n be sent in a sing le message. At the top of the display, you can see the mes sage length indicat or that tracks the number of charact ers available. For exampl e, 10/2 means that you can still add 10 charac ter s for the tex t to be sent as tw o messag es. Wri te and send a SMS message 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Cr eate message > Text message . 2. Enter a mes sage. See Writ e tex t p. 33 . To insert text templates or a picture into the message, s ee Templates p. 40 . Each picture message compr ises several text messages. Sending one pictu re or multipart message may cos t more th an sending one text message. 3. To send the m ess age, sele ct Send , or press t he call key . Note : The pictur e messa ge fun ction can be us ed on ly if it i s supp orte d by y our netwo rk ope rato r or service prov ider. Onl y co mpati ble de vic es tha t offe r pict ure messag e features can rece ive and display pic ture messa ges. The appea rance of a message may va ry depending on the receivi ng device.
39 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Options for sendin g a message After you have w ritten a message, s elect Options > Sending options > Send to many to send th e message t o several recipie nts. Select Send as e-mail to s e n d a message as an SMS e-mail (net work service). Select Sending profile to u se a predefined message profile. To define a me ssage prof ile, see Text and SMS e-mail p. 54 . Rea d and r eply to a SM S m ess age is shown w hen you received an SMS me ssage or an SMS e-mail. The blinking indicat es that the me ssage memory is full. Bef ore you can r eceive new messages, delete some of your old mes sages in the Inbox folder. 1. To vie w a new mes sage, s elect Show . To view it later, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Mes sages > Inbox . If more than one message is received, sele ct the message that you want to read. indicates an unread message. 2. While reading a message, s elect Options , and delete or forward the me ssage; edit the message as a text message or an SMS e- mail, rename the message you are r eading or move it to another f older; or vie w or extract message det ails. You can a lso copy text from the beginning of the mes sage to your phone calendar as a reminder note. To sav e the picture in the Te mplates folder when reading a picture me ssage, selec t Save picture . 3. To r eply as a mes sage, s elect Reply > Text message , M ultimedia msg. , or Flash message . Enter the r eply message. When replying to an e- mail, first c onfirm or edit the e-mail address and subject. 4. To s end the message to the dis played number, se lect Send > OK .
40 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Tem plat es Your phone has text te mplates and pict ure templates that you can use in text, picture, or SMS e- mail message s. To ac cess the t emplate l ist, select Me nu > Mes sages > Sav ed items > Text messages > Templates . Saved items folder a nd My folders To organize your mes sages, yo u can move some of them to th e Saved items folder, or add new folders f or your me ssages. While reading a message, select Op tions > Move > the folder that y ou want to mov e the messag e > Select . To add a folder, s elect Menu > Messages > Saved items > Text messages > My folders . To add a folder if you have not saved any folder, select Ad d . Otherwise, sel ect Options > Add folder . To delet e a folder, select t he folder to be deleted and Options > D e lete folder . â Mul tim edia messa ges (MMS ) A multimedia message can c ontain text, sound, a picture, a calendar note, a business c ard, or a video clip. If t he message is too large, the phone may not be able t o receive it . Some net works allow text messages that include an Internet address where you can view the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia messages during a c all, a game, another J ava applicat ion, or an act ive browsing s ession over G SM data. Becaus e delivery of multimedia message s can fail for various reasons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communica tions.
41 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Write and send a multimedia m essage To set the settings f or multimedia messaging, see M ult imedia p. 55 . To check availability and to subscr ibe to the multimedia mes saging service, contact your service provider. 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Cr eate message > Multimedia msg. . 2. Enter a message. See Write text p. 33 . To ins ert a file, s elect Options > Ins ert and f rom the following options: Image , Sound clip , or Video clip â t o insert a f ile from Gallery New sound clip opens the Voice re c ord e r â to mak e a new record to be added to the mes sage Slide â t o insert a slide to the message. Your phone s upports multimedia messages that contain several pages (slides). Each slide can c ontain text, one image, a calendar note, a business c ard, and one sound clip. To open a desir ed slide if the message contains several slides, select Options > Pr e vious slide , Next s lide , or Slide list . To s et the interv al between t he slides, sele ct Options > Slide t iming . T o move the text component to the top or bot tom of the message, sel ect Options > Place text fir st or Place te xt last . Business card or Calendar note â to insert a business card or a calendar note in the me ssage The following opt ions may also be availa ble: Dele te to delete an image, slide, o r sound c lip from the mes sage, Clear text , Pr eview , or Save message . In More options the following op tions may be av ailable: Insert contact , Insert number, Message details , and Edit subject .
42 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 3. To send the m ess age, sele ct Send > Phone numbe r , E-mail address , or Many . 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, or enter the recip ientâÂÂs phone number or e- mail address, or search for it in Contacts . Select OK . The message is moved to the Outbox folder for sending. While the multimedia message is being s ent, the animated indicator is displaye d and you can use other functions on the phone. If the sending f ails, the phone tries to res end it a fe w times. If t his fails, the mes sage remains in the Outbox folder, a nd you can t ry to res end it later. If you select Save sent messages > Ye s , t he sent mes sage is saved in the Se nt items folder. Se e Multimedia p. 55 . Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred, or fo rwarded.
43 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Read and reply to a multimedia messa ge Important: Exercise cautio n when opening mes sages. Mult imedia message objects may contain malici o us sof tware or otherwis e b e harmfu l to your device o r PC. When your phone receives a multimedia message, the animated is displayed. When the message has been receiv ed, and t he text Multimedia message receive d ar e shown. 1. To read the message, select Show . To view it lat er, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Mes sages > Inbox . In the list of messages, indicates an unread message. Select the message t hat you want to view . 2. The f unction of the middle select ion key cha nges according t o the c urrently displaye d attachment in t he messag e. To vie w the whole message if the received mes sage contains a presenta tion, a sound c lip, or view a video clip, selec t Pl ay . To zoo m in on an image, select O ptions > Object s > selec t the ima ge > Zoom . To vie w a business card or ca lendar note or to open a theme obje ct, select Attachments > Op en . 3. To reply to the message, select O ptions > Reply > Text message , Multimedia msg. , or Flash message . Enter the reply message, and select Send . You ca n send the reply message only to the person who se nt you the original me ssage. Select Options to access available options.
44 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Messag e fold ers The phone saves the received multimedia message s in the Inbox folder. Multimedia messages that have not y et been sent are mov ed to the Ou tbox folder. The multimedia messages that you wis h to send lat er can be s aved in t he Saved items folder. T he multimedia mess ages that ha ve been sent are saved in the Sent items folder of the Multimedia msgs. submenu if the setting Save s ent messages is set to Ye s . See Multimedia p. 55 . â Memo ry f ull When y ou have receive d a new te xt message and the message me mory is full, blinks and T e xt msgs. memory f ull. Delete msgs. is shown. Select No , and delete some me ssages from a folder. To disc ard the wait ing message, s elect Exit > Ye s . When you have a ne w multimedia me ssage waiting and the memory for the messages is full, blinks and Multimedia memory full. View waiting msg. is shown. To view t he waiting mess age, select Show . Before you can save the waiting messa ge, delete old messages to free memory space. To save the message, sel ect Save . To dis card the wa iting message, select Exit > Ye s . If y ou select No , you can view the message.
45 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Flash me ssages Flash messages are t ext message s that are instantly displayed upon reception. Write a messag e Select Menu > Messages > Create me ssage > Flash message . Write your message. The max imum length of a flash messag e is 70 cha racters. To insert a blinking text into the message, select Option s > Insert blink c har . fr om the options list t o set a marker. The text after the marker blinks unt il a second marker is inse rted. Receive a mes sage A received flash mess age is not aut omatically saved. To r ead the messa ge, select Read . To extract phone number s, e-mail addr esses, and Web site addresses from the c urrent message , select Options > Use de tail . To save the mess age , se le ct Save and t he folder in w hich you want to save t he message. â Ins tant me ssagi ng (IM) Instant messaging (network ser vice) is a way to se nd short, simple text messages to online use rs. Before you c an use instant messaging, you must subscribe to t he service. To check the availability and costs, a nd to subscribe t o the service, contact your servic e provider, f rom whom you als o receive your unique ID, pas sword, and settings.
46 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . To set the required settings for the instant messaging service, see Connec t. settings in Ac ce ss th e m e nu p. 46 . The ic ons and te xts on the display may vary, depending on the instant mes saging service. Dependi ng on t he network, the active instant messaging conversation may consume the phone batter y faster, and you may nee d to connec t the phone t o a cha rge r. Access th e menu To ac cess the me nu while still of fline, select Menu > Messages > Ins tant messages . If more than one set of connection settings for the ins tant messaging service is availabl e, select t he desired one . If there is only one s et defined, it is selected automatic ally. The following options are shown: Login â to connect to the ins tant mess aging service Saved conv ers. â to vie w, erase or rename the instant messaging conver sations that you have save d during the ins tant messaging se ssion Connect. settings â to edit th e settings needed for messaging and presence connection Connect to the instant m essaging service To conne ct to the instant messaging service, enter t he Instant message s menu, activat e an inst ant messaging ser vice, and select Login . When the p hone has succe ssfully connected, Logged in is displayed. To dis connect from t he instant me ssaging service, select Logout .
47 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Sta rt an inst ant messa ging sess ion Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the s ervice. St art the servic e in different ways. Conversations â to view the list of new and read instant me ssages or invitations for insta nt messaging during t he active instant mes saging sessio n. Scroll to the message or invitation that you want, and select Open t o r e a d t h e m e s s a g e . indicates th e new and read gr oup messages. indicat es the new a nd the read instant messag es. indicates the invitations. The icons and texts on t he display may vary, depending on the instant messaging servi ce. IM contacts â to view t he contacts t hat you have added. Sc roll to the contact with whom you would lik e to cha t and select Chat or Ope n if a new contact is shown in the list. To add contact s see Contacts for instant messaging p. 49 . indicates the online and the of fline contacts in the phone contacts memory. indicates a blocked contact. indicates a contact t hat has been sent a new mess age. Groups > Public groups â to display the lis t of bookmarks to public groups provided by t he network operator or service provider. To start a instant mess aging session w ith a group, scroll t o a group, and s elect Join . Enter y our screen name that you want to use in the c onversation. When you have s uccessfully joined the group conver sation, you can s tart a group conver sation. To creat e a private group, see Groups p. 50 .
48 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Search > User s or Groups â to sear ch for other instant messaging users or public groups on the network by phone number, screen name, e-mail address, or name. If you select Gr oups , you can search for a group by a me mber in the group or by group name, topic, or ID. To start th e conversation when you ha ve found the user or the group th at you want, se lect O ptions > Chat or J oin group . Start a c onversation fr om Contac ts , see View the subscribed names p. 65 . Accept or reject an invitation In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service and you receive a new invitation, N ew invitation r eceived is displayed. To r ead it, sel ect Re a d . If mor e than one invitation is r eceived, scr oll to the invi tation you want, and s elect Open . T o join the private group conv ersation, select Acce pt , and enter the screen name; or to rejec t or delete t he invitation, select Options > Reject or Dele te . Rea d a message In the standby mode, when you are connected to the ins tant messaging service, and you receive a new message that is not a mess age associate d with an active conversat ion, New instant message is displayed. To read it, select Read . If you receive more than one me ssage, s croll to the me ssage, and select Open . New messages receiv ed during an active c onversation are held in Instant messages > Conversations . If you receiv e a mess age from someone w ho is not in IM contacts , the sender ID is displayed. To save a new cont act that is not in the phone memory, select Options > Save contact .
49 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Particip ate in a convers ation To join or start an instant messaging se ssion, select Writ e . Write your message , and se lect Send or pr ess the call key to send it . Select Opt ions to acces s available options. Edit your ava ilabilit y status 1. Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the ins tant messaging servi ce. 2. To view and edit your own availability information, or screen name, select My settings . 3. To allow all the other instant mess aging users to s ee you when you are online, sel ect A vailability > A vailable for all . To allow only the contacts on your instant messaging contact list to s ee you when you are online, select A vailability > Avail. for contacts . To appea r as being of fline, select A v ailability > A ppe ar offline . When you are connect ed to the ins tant mess aging service, indicates t hat you are online, and indicates that you ar e not visible to others. Cont acts fo r instant mes sagi ng To add contacts to t he instant messaging contac ts list, connect t o the inst ant messaging s ervice, and s elect IM contacts . To add a conta ct t o the list, select Options > A dd cont act , or if yo u have no contact s added, select Add . Select Enter ID manually , Search fr om serv . , C opy from server , or By mobile number .
50 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Scroll t o a contact, and to start a convers ation, select Chat or Options > Contact info , Block c ontact or Unblock contact , Add contact , Remove contact , Change list , Copy to server , or A vailability aler ts . Block an d unblock m essag es To block messages, connect to t he instant me ssaging service, and select Conversations > IM contacts ; or join or start a c onversation. Scr oll to the cont act from whom you want t o block incoming messages, and select O ptions > Bloc k contact > OK . To unblock the message s, connect t o the insta nt messaging s ervice, and s elect Blocked list . Scroll t o the contac t from whom you want to unblock the mes sages, and se lect Unblock . Grou ps You can creat e your own pri vate groups for an instant mes saging conversation, or use the public groups provided by t he service provider. The privat e groups exis t only during an instant messaging c onversation. The groups are saved on t he server of the service provider. If t he server you are logged on to does not s u pport group service s, all group-related me nus are dimmed. Public groups You can boo kmark public Gr oups th at your service provider may maintain. Connect to the instant messaging s ervice, and select Public groups . Scroll to a group with which you want to c hat, and select Join . If yo u are not in the group,
51 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . enter y our screen name as your nickname for the gr oup. To delete a group from your group list, se lect Option s > Delete group . To s earch for a group, select G roups > Public groups > Search groups . You can search for a group by a member in the group, by group name, topic, or ID. Priva te group s Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvice, and se lect Groups > Create group . En ter the name for the gr oup and the screen name that you want t o use. Mark the private group members in t he contacts list, and writ e an invitation. â E-m ail app licat ion The e- mail applicat ion allows you to access your compatible e-mail acc ount from your phone whe n you are not in the of fice or at home. This e-mail application is different f rom the SMS and MMS e-mail funct ion. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before you can send and retrieve any e-mail, you may need to do t he following: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail ac count or use the current one. For avail ability of your e-mail a ccount contact y our e-mail service provider. ⢠For the settings required for e-mail, cont act your e -mail service pr ovider. You may rece ive the e -mail confi guration settings as a configuration mes sage. See Configuration settings service p. 18 . You can also ent e r the settings manually. See Configuration p. 80 . To a ctivate the e-mail settings, s elect Men u > Messages > Messa ge set tin gs > E-mail messages . See E- mail p. 56 . This application does not s upport keypad tones.
52 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Wri te and send an e-mail 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > E- mail > Create e-mail . 2. Select Edit t o enter the r ecipientâÂÂs e- mail address a nd a subject . 3. Select Options > Message editor to enter th e text mes s age . 4. Select Send > Send now . Dow nloa d e-m ai l 1. To ac cess the e -mail applicat ion, select Menu > Messages > E-mail . 2. To downloa d e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e- mail account, sel ect Re tr ie ve . To downloa d new e-mail messages and s end e-mail that has been saved in the Outbox folder, s elect Options > Retrieve and s end . 3. Select the new mes sage in Inbox . To v iew it la ter, select Ba ck . indicates an unread message. Rea d and re ply to e-mail Important : Ex ercise cauti o n when ope ning messag es . E-mail messages may cont ain ma licious sof tware or o therwis e be ha rmful to yo ur dev ice or PC. Select Menu > Messa ges > E- mail > Inbox and select the desired message. While read ing the message, select Options to view t he available options. To reply to an e- mail, select Reply > Original t ext or Empty screen . To reply t o many, s elect Options > R eply t o all . Confirm or edit the e-mail address and subject; t hen write y our reply. To send the me ssage, s elect Send > Send now .
53 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Inbo x and other folder s Your phone sa ves e-mail that you downloa d from your e- mail account in the Inbox folder. Other folders contains t he folders: Draf ts for sav ing unfinished e- mail, Arc hi v e for organizing and saving your e-mail, Outbox for saving e-mail that have not bee n sent, and Sent items for saving e-mail t hat have been sent. Del ete e-mail mes sages To dele te e-mails, s elect Menu > Mess ages > E-mail > Opt ions > Dele te messages . To delet e all messages from a folder , select th e folder from which you want to delete the messages and press Yes . To delet e all messages from all folders, sel ect All messages and press Ye s . Note that deleting an e-mail from your phone does not de lete it f rom the e-mail se rver. â V oice messa ges The v oice mailbox is a network service and you may need to subscribe t o it. F or details, c ontact your s ervice provider. To ca ll your v oice mailbox, s elect Menu > Messages > V o ice messages > Li sten to voice me ssages . To e nter, search for, or edit your voice mailbox number, select Voice mailbox number . If suppor ted by the network, indicates t hat there are new voice messages. Select Lis ten to call y our voice mailbox number.
54 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Inf o mess age s Select Menu > Messa ges > Inf o messages . With this network service, y ou can receive messages on va rious topics from your s ervice prov ider. To check availability, topics, and the relevant topic numbers, contact your ser vice provider. â Serv ice co mm ands Select Menu > Messa ges > Ser vice commands . W rite and send s ervice re quests (also k nown as USSD commands ) to your s ervice prov ider, such as act ivation commands for network services. â Dele te mess ages To dele te all message s from a fol der, select Me nu > Messag es > D elete messages and t he folder fr om which you wa nt to delet e the message s. Select Ye s , and if the folder contains unread messages, the phone asks w hether you want t o delete them also. Select Yes aga in . â Messa g e se tting s Te xt and SMS e-mail The message settings affect the sending, receiving, and viewing of t e xt and SMS e-mail me ssages. Select Menu > Messa ges > Mes sage settings > Text messages and f rom the following opt ions:
55 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Sending profile â If more than one mes sage profile s et is supported by your SIM card , select t he set you want to change. The following options may be a vailable: Message centr e number (delivered from your service provider), Messa ges s ent vi a , M e ssage validity , D ef ault recipient number (text messages) or E-mail server (e- mail), Delive ry reports , Use pa cket data , Reply via same centre ( network serv ice), an d Rename sending profile . Save s ent messages > Ye s â Set the phone to save th e sent text messages in t he Sent items folder. Multimedia The mes sage settings affect sending, receiv ing, and viewing multimedia message s. Select Menu > Messa ges > Mes sage settings > Multimedia msgs. and from t he following opt ions: Save sent mes sages > Ye s â to set the phone to save s ent multimedia messages in the Sent items folder Deliver y reports â to ask the net work to send deliv ery repor ts about y our messages (netw ork service) Scale image down â to define the image size whe n you insert an image to a multimedia message Default slide timing â to def ine the default time between s lides in multimedia messages
56 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Allow multimedia reception > Yes or No â t o receive or to block the multimedia message. If you select In home network , you cannot receiv e multimedia me ssages when outside your home network. Incoming multimedia mes sages > Re tri eve , Ret rieve manually , or Rejec t â t o allow t he reception of multimedia message s automatically, manually after being prompted, or to reject the reception Configuration settings > Configuration â Only the configur ations that s upport multimedia messaging are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for multimedia mes saging. Select A c count and a multime dia messaging service account conta ined in the active configuration s ettings. Allow adverts â to receiv e or rejec t advertisements. This setting is not shown if Allow multimedia reception is se t to No . E-ma il The s ettings affect sending, rece iving, and viewi ng e-mai l. You may rec eive the configuration sett ings for the e- mail applicat ion as a configuration mes sage. See Conf iguration set tings service p. 18 . You can als o enter th e settings manual ly. Se e Configur ation p. 80 . To activate the settings for the e-mail application, select Menu > Messages > Message settings > E-mail messages and fr om the following options: Configuration â Select the set that you would like to ac tivate. Account â Sel ect an account provided by t he service provider. My name â Enter your name or nick name.
57 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . E-mail addres s â Ent er e-mail address. Include signature â You ca n define a signature that is automatically adde d to the end of your e-mail w hen you write your message . Reply-to addr ess â Enter the e-mail address to which you want t he replies to be sent. SMTP user name â Enter t he name t hat you want to us e for out going mail. SMTP password â Ent er the password that you w ant to use f or outgoing mail. Display t erminal window â Select Yes to perform manual us er authentication for intranet connec tions. Incoming server type â Select either POP3 or IMAP4 , depe nding on the type of e- mail system t hat you are using. If bot h types are s upported, select IMA P4 . Incoming mail settings â Select available options for POP3 or IMAP4. Fon t s ize To cha nge the font size for r eading and writing messages, select Men u > Messages > Message settings > Other settings > Font s ize . â Messa g e co unter Select Menu > Messages > Message counter for approximate information on your recent communications.
58 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 7. Call regist er The phone registers the phone numbers of identified missed, received, and dialed calls ; the me ssage recipients; and t he approx imate length of your calls. The phone registers if it is switched on and w ithin the networkâÂÂs service area, and the network supports these functions. â Re cent ca lls lists When you select O ptions in the Missed c alls , Receive d calls , or Dialled number s menu, you can view t he time of the call; edit, view, or call the r egistered phone number; add it to the memor y; or delet e it from t he list. You ca n also send a t ext message. T o delete the recent calls lists, s elect Clear recent call lis ts . â Cou nters an d time rs Not e: The actual invoice for calls and services fro m your service provider may vary, dependi ng upon network f eatures , rounding -off for bi lling, tax e s and so fort h. Some timers, including the life timer, may be re set during service or software upgrad es. Select Menu > C all register > C all duration , P acket dat a counter , or Packet data connection t imer for approximate information on your recent communications.
59 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â P os ition ing in forma tion Some net works allow position requests (net work service). Pos itioning allows you to view t he received position reques ts from the net work opera tor. Contact yo ur network operator or service provider t o subscribe t o and agree upon t he deliver y of location information. Select Menu > C all register > P ositioning > P os ition log to s ee a list of received position reques ts.
60 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 8. Contac ts You can s ave names and phone numbers ( Contacts ) in the phone memory and in the SIM card me mory. The phone memory may sa ve contacts with numbers and t ext items . You can also save an image for a certain number of names. Names and numbe rs saved in the SIM card memory are indicate d by . â Sea rch for a contac t Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Search . Scr oll through the list of contacts, or ent er the first le tter of the name for which you are s earching. â Sav e n ames an d ph one num ber s Names and numbe rs are saved in the us ed memory. Selec t Menu > Contacts > Add new contact . Enter the name and the phone number. â Save numbers , ite ms, o r an imag e In the phone memo ry for contacts, you can s ave different types of phone number s and short text items per name. The fir st number you sa ve is automat ically set a s the defa ult number. It is indicat ed with a frame around the number type indicat or (for example, ).
61 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . When you select a name (for example , to mak e a call), the default number is used unless you selec t another number. 1. Make s ure that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . 2. Scroll t o the name to which you want to add a new number or text item, a nd sel ect Details > Options . 3. To add a number, selec t A dd number and one of the number t ypes. To s et the select ed number as t he default numbe r, select Set as default . To cha nge the number t ype, scroll to the desired number , and select Options > Change type . To add a detail, select Add detail and a detail type. To add a image, se lect Add image and an image from Gallery . To s earch for an ID f rom the ser ver of your service provider if you hav e connected to the presen ce service, select Us er I D > Se arch . See M y presence p. 63 . If only one ID is f ound, it i s automatically sa ved. Other wise, to sa ve the ID, select Options > Save . To ent er the ID, s elect Enter ID manually . â Copy c ontacts Search f or the cont act you want to copy, and select Contacts > C opy . You can copy name s and phone numbe rs from the phone c ontact memory to t he SIM card memory or vice versa. T he SIM card memory can s ave names w ith one phone numb er atta ched to th em.
62 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Edit c ontact details 1. Search for t he contact you want t o edit, selec t D etails , and scroll to t he desired name, number, text item, or image. 2. To edit a name, number, or text item, or to c hange an image, select Options > Edit name , Edit number , Edit detail , or Change image . You cannot edit an ID when it is on th e IM contacts or Subscribed names list. â Dele te con tact s or con tact details To delete a contact, search for the desired contact, and s elect O ptions > Del ete . To dele te a number, text item, or an image at tached to t he contact, search for the contact, and select the desired detail > Options > Delete number , Delete detail , or Delete image . Deleting an image from cont acts does not delete it fr om Gallery . To dele te all co ntacts and the d etails attached to them from the phone or SIM card memor y, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Delete > O ne by one or Delete all > From phone mem. or From SIM card . Confirm wit h the secur ity code. â Bu sine ss ca rds You can s end and receive a pers onâÂÂs contact informat ion from a compatible dev ice that s upports the vCard s tandard as a business card. To send a business card, search for the cont act whose information you want to send, and select O ptions > Send bus. c ard > Via multimedia , Via t e xt message , Via infrared , or Via Bluetooth .
63 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . When you have received a busines s card, s elect Show > Save to save the bus ine ss card in t he phone memor y. To discar d the busines s card, se lect Exit > Yes . â My pr es ence With t he presence s ervice ( network ser vice) you can share your presence s tatus with other users with compatible devices and access to the service. Presence status include s your availabili ty, status message, and per sonal logo. Oth er users who have access t o the serv ice and who request your infor mation are able to see your status. The requested information is s hown in Subscribed names in the viewer sâ Contacts menu. You ca n personalize t he information t hat you wa nt to share wi th others and control who can see your status. Befor e you can use presence , you must subscr ibe to the servic e. T o check t he availability and costs, and to subs cribe to the s ervice, cont act your network operator or service provider, from whom you also r eceive y our unique ID, passwor d, and the settings for t he service. See Configuration p. 80 . While you are connected to the presence servic e, you can us e the other functions of the phone; the pres ence service is active in the bac kground. If you disconnect from the s ervice, your pr esence status is shown f or a certain amount of time t o viewers , depending on t he service provider. Select Menu > Cont ac ts > My presence and from the f ollowing options: Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice or Dis connect from service â to connect t o or disconnect from the service. View my pres ence â to v iew the stat us in Private pres. and Public presence .
64 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Edit my pr esence â to change your presence s tatus. Select My availability , My presence message , My presence logo , or Show to . My viewers > Cu rrent view e rs , Private list , or Blocked list Settings > Show cur rent presence i n idle , Synchronise w ith profiles , Connection type , or Pres ence settings â Sub sc ribe d names You can c reate a list of contacts whose presence status information you want to be aware of. You c an view th e information if it is allowed by the c ontacts and the network. To view these subscribe d names, scroll t hrough the cont acts, or use the Subscribed names menu. Make su re that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . To conne ct to the presence s ervice, select Menu > Contacts > M y presence > Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice . Add conta cts to th e subs cribed name s 1. Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Subscribed names . 2. If you have no c ontacts on your list, select Add . O ther wise, select Options > Subscribe new . The list of your contacts is shown. 3. Select a contact from the list and if the cont act has an us er ID s aved, the contact is added to th e subscribed names list.
65 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . View the s ubscribed names To vie w the pres ence informat ion, see Search fo r a contact p. 60 . 1. Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Subscribed names . The s tatus information o f the first contact on the s ubscribed names list is displaye d. The infor mation that the person wants to give t o the others may include text and some of the following ic ons: , or indicate that the pe rson is avail able, discreet or not available. indicates that the personâÂÂs presence information is not available. 2. Select Detail s to view t he details of the selec ted cont act; or se lect Options > Subscribe new , Chat , Send me ssage , Send bus. card , or Unsubscribe . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a contact from the Contacts list, s elect the c ontact, and D etails > the user ID > O ptions > Unsubs cribe > OK . To unsubscribe, use the Subscribed names menu. See View the sub scribed names p. 65 . â Sett ings Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Settings and from the following opt ions: Memory in use â to s elect SIM card or phone memory fo r your contacts Contacts view â to select how the names and numbers in contacts are dis played Memory status â to view the free and used memo ry capacity
66 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Spee d dia ling To as sign a number to a speed-dialing k ey, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to t he speed-dialing number that you want. Select Assign , or if a number has alr eady been assigned to the k ey, select Options > C hange . Select Search , the name, then t he number you want to assign. If the Speed dialling function is off, the phone asks whether you want to activate it. See also Speed dialling in Call p. 72 . To mak e a call us ing the speed-dia ling keys, see Speed dialing p. 30 . â V oice di alin g You can ma ke a phone c all by saying a voice tag that has bee n added to a phone number. Any s poken words, s uch as a name, can be a voice t ag. The number of voice tags you can c reate is limited. Before using voi ce tags, note th e followin g: ⢠Voice tag s are not la nguage-depend ent. They are depe ndent on the speaker 's voice. ⢠You must say the n ame exactly as you said it when you recorded it. ⢠Voice tag s are se nsitive to backgroun d noise. Record voice tags , and use th em in a quiet environme nt. ⢠Very sho rt names are n ot accepted. Use long names, and avoid s imila r names for different nu mbers. Note : Using voice ta gs may be difficu lt in a noisy en vironmen t or during an emerge ncy, so you shoul d not rely solely u pon voice di aling in all circumstances .
67 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Add an d manag e voic e ta gs Save or copy the contact s to the phone memory for which y ou want to add a voice tag. You can also add voice tags to the names in the SIM card, but if you replace your SIM card with a new one, y ou must first del ete the old v oice tags bef ore you can add new ones. 1. Search f or the contact to which you want t o add a voice tag. 2. Select Detail s , scroll to t he desired phone number, and sele ct Options > Add voice ta g . 3. Select Start , a nd sa y clearl y the word s you want to record as a voice tag. After recording, the phone plays the recor ded tag. appears behind the phone number w ith a voic e tag in Contacts . To che ck the voice tags , selec t Menu > Contacts > V oice tags . Scroll to the contact with the voice tag that y ou want, and sele ct an option t o listen to, delet e, or change t he rec orded voice t ag. Make a call with a voice tag If the phone has an a pplication running that is sending or receiving data using a GPRS connection, you must end the application before voice dialing. 1. In the standby mode, pres s and hold the volume dow n key. A short to ne is heard, and Spe ak now is displayed. 2. Say t he voice tag clearly. The phone plays the r ecognized voice tag and dials the phone number of the v oice tag after 1.5 seconds. If you ar e using a compatible headset wit h the headset key, press and hold the headset k ey to st art the voice dialing.
68 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Serv ice nu m bers Your service provider may have included service numbers in your SIM card. These menus are only shown if s upported by your SIM card. â My nu mbers To vie w the phone numbers assigned to your SIM card, if the numbers are included on your SIM card, elect Menu > Contacts > My numbers . â Cal ler g roups Select Menu > Cont ac ts > Caller groups to arrange t he names and phone numbers saved in the memory into caller groups with dif ferent ringing tones and group images.
69 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 9. Sett ings â Pro fil es Your phone has various sett ing groups, called profiles, for w hich you can customize the phone tones for different ev ents and envir onments. Select Menu > Set tings > Profiles and a pr ofile. To ac tivate the selected pr ofile, selec t Ac tiva te . To personalize the profile, select P ersonalise . Select the setting you want t o change, and make the changes. T o chan ge your presence status informat ion, sel ect My p re sen c e > My availability or My presence message . The My pre se nc e menu is available if you set Synchronise with profiles to On . See My pr ese n ce p. 63 . To set the profile to be active until a certain time up to 24 hours, select Timed , and set the time the profile setting shall end. When the time set for the profile expires, the previous profile that was not timed becomes active. â Theme s A theme contains many elements for personalizing your phone, such as wallpaper, screen saver, color s cheme, and a ringing tone. Select Menu > Set tings > Themes and from t he following options: Select theme â to set a theme in y our phone. A list of folders in G allery opens. Open the Themes folder, and select a t heme.
70 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Theme downloads â to open a list of links to download mor e themes. See Download files p. 115 . â Tones You can c hange the s ettings of the s elected active profile. Select Menu > Set tings > Tone set tings .> Incoming call alert , Rin gin g to ne , Ringing volume , Vibrat ing alert , Push to talk settings , Message alert tone , Instant message alert tone , K eypad tones , and Warning tones . You c an find the same settings in the Profiles menu. See Profiles p. 69 . To set the phone to ring only for calls from phone numbers t hat belong to a selected caller group, select Alert for . Sc roll to t he caller group you want or All calls , and select Mark . â P e rsona l sh ortcut s With persona l shortcuts, you get quick ac cess to oft en used functions of the phone. T o manage the shortcuts, select Men u > Settings > P ersonal shortcuts and from the f ollowing options: Right select ion key â to selec t a function f rom the lis t for the right selection k ey. See als o Standby mode p. 26 . This menu may not be s hown, depending on your service provider. Voice commands â to activat e phone functions by saying a voice tag. Select a folder, scroll to a function to which yo u want t o add a voice ta g, and select Add .
71 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . indicates a voice t ag. To add a voice command, se e A dd and manage voice tags p. 67 . To acti vate a voice command, see Make a cal l with a voice tag p. 67 . Among the functions you can activate by V oice c ommands ar e Audible alerts to check the battery status or the network s tatus using audible signals (beeps): one beep > low two beeps > rather low three be eps > rather strong four beeps > strong different tone > no ne twork coverage â Disp lay Select Menu > Set tings > Display settings and from t he following options: Wallpaper > On â t o add a background ima ge to the display in the standby mode. To s elect a wallpaper , sele ct Image and an image from t he Gallery . To download more images, select Graphic downloads . Screen saver > On â to activ ate a screen save r. To set the tim e afte r which t he screen save r is activated, select Time-out . To select a graphic f or the s creen saver , sel ect Im a g e and choose an image f rom the Gallery . T o download more images, sel ect Graphic downloads . Colour schemes â to change the color in some dis play components (for ex ample, menu back ground color and signal a nd battery bar colors ) Select Menu view t o set the way the phone displays t he main menu.
72 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Operator logo â to set your phone to displa y or hide the operator logo. T he menu is dimme d if you have not saved the operator logo. F or more informa tion on availability of an operat or logo, contac t your network ope rator or s ervice provider . â Time and dat e Select Menu > Set tings > Time and date settings and fr om the following options: Clock â to set t he phone t o show th e clock in the standby mode, adjust t he clock, and se lect the t ime zone and the time f ormat Date â to set t he phone t o show the dat e in the standby mode, s et the dat e, and select the date format and date separator Auto-update of date & t ime (network service) â t o set the phone to automatic ally update the time and da te according to the current time zone â Call Select Menu > Set tings > Call se ttings and from t he following options: Automatic volume control â t o set the phone to automat ically adjust th e speaker volume ac cording to the bac kground noise Call divert (network service) â to divert your incoming calls . You may not be able to divert your call if some call barring functions are active. See C all barring service in Security p. 81 . Anyk ey answer > On â to ans wer an incoming c all, briefl y press any key except the end key and the left and r ight selection keys.
73 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Automatic redial > On â to set your phone t o make a max imum of 10 attempts to connect t he call af ter an unsucces sful call at tempt Speed dialling > On â to act ivate speed dialing. T o set up speed dia ling, see Speed dialing p. 66 . To dial, press and hold the cor responding number ke y. Call waiting > Acti vate â t o set the network to not ify you of an incoming call while yo u have a call in progr ess (network s ervice). See Call waiting p. 31 . Summary after call > On â to briefly dis play the approximate duration and cos t (network service) of t he call aft er each call Send my cal ler ID ( network s ervice) > Yes , No , or Set by ne twork Line for outgoing calls (network service) â to select the phone l ine 1 or 2 to make calls if supported by your SIM c ard â Phon e Select Menu > Set tings > Ph o ne s etting s and from the f ollowing options: Phone language â to set the display language of your phone. If you select Automatic the phone selects the language ac cording to t he information on the SIM card. Memory status â to view the free memory a nd the used memor y in Gall ery and Messages Automatic keyguard â to set the keypad of your phone to lock automatically aft er a preset t ime delay when the phone is in the standby mode and no function of the phone has been used. Select On , and you can set the time from 5 seconds to 60 minutes.
74 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . When the keygua rd is on, calls st ill may be pos sible to the of ficial eme rgency numb er programmed in to your device. Cell info display > On â to r eceive informa tion from the ne twork operat or depending on the network cell us ed (network service) Welcome note â to enter a welcome note t o be show n briefly whe n the phone is switched on Operator selection > Automatic â to s et the phone automatica lly to select one of the cellular networks available in your area. With Manual , you can select a network that has a r oaming agreement w ith your home ne twork operator. Confirm SIM service actions â See SIM services p. 120 . Help text activation â to se lect whether the phone shows help te xts Start-up tone â to select whether the phone pl ays a start -up tone when t he phone is switched on â Conn ecti vit y You can c onnect your phone to compatible dev ices using an infrared or Bluetooth wireless technology connection. You can als o define the settings for packet data dial-up c onnections. Bluetoo th wireless techn ology This devi ce is c omplia nt wit h Blue tooth S pecific ation 1.2 sup porti ng th e follo wing profil es: Hand s-fr ee, he ad set pro file , ob ject p ush profil e, fil e tr ansfe r pro file , dia l-up n etwo rkin g prof ile, SIM a cces s profi le, se rvice disco very profi le, Ge neric Acce ss Pro file , seri al por t
75 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . profile , and Generic Ob ject Exchang e Profile. To ensure int eroperab ility betwe en other devic es su pporting Blue tooth technol ogy, us e No kia a pprove d enhan cement s for this model. Check with the manu facturers of other devices to determin e their compat ibilit y with this dev ice. There may be restri ctions on using Blueto oth technolo gy in some l ocations. Check w i th your local autho rities or service pr ovider. Fea tures usin g Blue tooth tec hnology , or allow ing s uch features to run in the ba ckgroun d while using othe r features, increase the demand o n battery power and reduces the battery life. Bluetooth technology allow s you to connec t the phone to a compatible Bluetooth device up to 10 me ters. Since devic es using Bluetoot h technology communicat e using radio waves, your phone and the other devices do not need to be in direct line-of sight, although the connection can be subjec t to int erference from obstruc tions such as walls or from ot her electronic devices. Set up a Blue tooth connec tion Select Menu > Set tings > Connectivity > Bluetooth . Select f rom the following options: Bluetooth > On or Off â to activat e or deacti vate the Bluetooth function. indicates an active Bluetoot h connection. Search fo r audio enhancements â to search f or compatible Bluetooth audio devices . Select the devi ce that you want t o connect to the ph one. Pair ed devic es â to search f or any Blue tooth device in range. Se lect Ne w to list any Bluet ooth device in r ange. Scroll t o a devic e, and sele ct P air . Enter the
76 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Bluetooth passcode of the device to associate (pair) the de vice to your phone. You only must give this passcode when you connect to the device for the fir st time. Your phone connec ts to the dev ice, and you can s tart data transfer. Bluetoo t h conne ction To che ck w hich Bluet ooth connection is c urrently a ctive, s elect Men u > Settings > Connec tivity > Bluetooth > A ctive dev ice . To view a list of Bluetooth devices that ar e currently pa ired wit h the phone, select P aired devices . Select Options to acce ss some of the following functions depending on t he status of the device and t he Bluetooth connec tion. Selec t A s sign short name , or Auto- conn. without confirmation > Ye s â to set the phone automatically t o connect to a paired Bluet ooth device. Bluetoo th settings To define how your phone is shown to other Bluetooth dev ices, press Menu > Settings > Connec tivity > Bluetooth > B lue tooth settings > My phone's visibility or My phone's name . We recommend to use the settin g Hidden in My phone 's visibi lity . A lways accep t onl y Bluet ooth communic ation from others that yo u agree wi th.
77 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Infrared You can s et up the phone to s end and receive da ta through its infrared (IR) port. To use a n IR connection, the device with w hich you want to es tablish a connection must be IrD A compliant. You can send or receive data to or from a c ompatible phone or dat a device (for example, a computer) t hrough the IR port of your phone. Do not poi nt the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eyes or allow it to interfere with other I R devices. Infrared devices are Class 1 lase r products. When sending or r eceiving data, ensure that the IR ports of the s ending and receiving devices are pointing at each other and that there are no obstructions between t he devices . To activate the IR port of your phone t o receive data using IR, s elect Me nu > Settings > Connec tivity > Infrared . To deac tivate the IR conne ction, se lect Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrared . W hen the phone displays De activate infrared? , s ele ct Yes . If data transfer is not st arted within 2 minut es after the a ctivation of the IR por t, the connection is canc elled and must be started again. IR connec tion indi cator When is shown c ontinuously, the IR connection is activa ted, and your phone is ready to send or r eceive data th rough its IR port. When blinks, your phone is trying to c onnect to t he other devi ce, or a connection has been lost.
78 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Packe t d ata (E GPRS) Enhanced ge neral pack et radio service (EGPRS), pa cket data, is a networ k service which allow s mobile phones t o send and re c eive data over an Internet pr otocol (IP)-based network. It enable s wireless acc ess to data networ ks such as the Internet. The applic ations that may use packe t data ar e MMS, browsing se ssions, Push to talk, e- mail, remote Sy ncML, Java applicat ion downloading, a nd the PC dial- up. To defi ne how to use the s ervice, sel ect Menu > Se ttings > Connec tivity > P acket data > P ac ket data connect ion . Select Wh en needed to set the packet data connection to be established when an applicat ion needs it. T he connecti on will be clos ed when the applic ation is terminated. Select Always online to set t he phone to automatically c onnect to an pa cket dat a network when it is s witched on. indicates a packet data connection. Mo dem set t ing s You can c onnect the phone using a Bluet ooth technology, IR, or a data cable connection t o a compat ible PC, and use the phone as a modem to enable packet data connectivit y from the PC. To define the sett ings for connections fr om the PC, select Me nu > Setting s > Connectivity > Packet data > P acke t data settings > A ctiv e access point , activ ate the access point you want to use, and s elect Edit active access point . Select Alias for acc ess point , and enter a nick name for t he current ly selected access point.
79 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Select Packet data access poi nt , and enter t he access point name (APN) to establish a connection to an EGPRS network. You can als o set the dial-up service settings (access point name) on your PC using the Nokia Modem Options software. See PC Suite p. 121 . If y ou have set the settings both on the PC and on your phone, the PC sett ings are used. â Enh anc em en ts This menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhanc ement. Select Menu > Settings > Enhanc ement settings . You can s elect an enhancement menu if t he corresponding enhance ment is, or has been, connected to t he phone. Depending on the enhancement , select from t he following options: Default profile â to s elect the profile that y ou want to be automatically ac tivated when you connect to the s elected enhanceme nt Automatic answer â t o set t he phone to answer an incoming call automatically after 5 seconds. If Incoming call alert is se t to Bee p on ce or Off , aut omatic answer is off. Lights â to set t he lights per manently On . Select Automatic to set the light s on for 15 seconds after a key press Ignition detector > On â to automatically switch off the phone approximately 20 seconds af ter you switch off the c ar ignition when the phone is connec ted to the full car kit
80 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Conf igurat ion You can configure your phone with settings that are required for certain services to function c orrectly. The servi ces are brows er, multimedia me ssaging, remote Internet serve r synchronization, presence, and e- mail application. Get t he settings from your SIM card, from a service provider as a configuration mes sage, or enter your personal settings manually. You can s tore configuration settings from up to 20 service pr oviders in th e phone and ma nage them within t his menu. To s ave the conf iguration settings rece ived by a c onfiguration messa ge from a service provider, s ee Configuration settings service p. 18 . Select Menu > Set tings > Configuration s ettings and from t he following options: Default configur ation settings â to view the service providers saved in the phone. Scroll t o a service provider, and select Details to view t he applications th at the configuration s ettings of this service provider s upport. To set t he configuration settings of the service p rovider as default settings, s elect Options > Se t as default . To delete configuration settings, select Dele te . Activate default in all applications â to ac ti va te the d efa ul t c on figu rat io n set t ing s for suppor ted applications Preferr ed access point â to view the saved access points. Scr oll to an access point, and se lect Options > Details to view the name of the service provider, data bearer, and pack et data acc ess point or GSM dial-up number. Personal configuration settings â to add new pers onal accounts for various service s manually, a nd to acti vate or delete them. T o add a new personal account if you hav e not added any, selec t A dd new ; otherwise, s elect Options > Add new .
81 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Select the service type, and select and ent er each of the requir ed parameters . The parameters differ according to the selected se rvice type. To delete or ac tivate a personal ac count, scroll t o it, and select Options > Delete or A ctiv ate . â Sec urit y When security features that restrict calls are in use (such as call barring, cl osed us er grou p and fixed dia ling) calls s till ma y be possib le to the offi cial emerg ency number pr ogrammed into your device. Select Menu > Set tings > Sec urit y settin gs and from the following opt ions: PIN code request â to set th e phone to ask for your PIN or UPIN c ode every t ime the phone is switched on. Some SIM ca rds do not allow t he code reques t to be turned off. Call barring service (network s ervice) â to restrict incoming c alls to and outgoing calls from your phone. A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to res trict your outgoing calls to se lected phone numbers if this function is s upported by y our SIM card Closed user group (netw ork service) â t o specify a group of people whom you can call and who can call you Securi ty level > Phone â the phone a sks for the s ecurity code w henever a new SIM card is inserted int o the phone. Selec t Memory and the phone asks for the security code whe n SIM card memory is selected and you want t o change the me mory in use.
82 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Access code s â to change the secur ity code, PI N code, UPIN code, PIN2 code, and barring pa ssword Code in us e â to select whether the PIN code or UPIN code should be act ive Pin2 code request â to s elect whether PIN 2 code is required when us ing a specific phone feat ure that is c overed by t he PIN2 code â Re store fa ctory settin gs To res et some of the menu settings t o their original va lues, sele ct Men u > Settings > Res tore factory s ettings . Enter th e sec urity code. Th e data you have entered or downloaded are not deleted ( for example, the names and phone numbers saved in Contacts ).
83 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you ac cess a por tal to services provided by your net work oper ator. The name a nd the icon depe nd on the operator. For more information contact your network operator. The operat or can update this menu wit h a service message. For more informat ion, see Ser vice inbox p. 115 .
84 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 1 1. Galler y In this menu you ca n manage graphics, images, recordings , video clips, themes, and t ones. These files are arranged in folder s. Your phone support s an activat ion key system t o protect acquired cont ent. Always check t he delivery t erms of any c ontent and activation k ey before acq uiring them, as th ey may be subject to a f ee. Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred, or fo rwarded. To s ee the list of folders, select Me nu > Galler y . To s ee the a vailable options of a folder, se lect a folder > Opt ions . To vie w the list of files in a f older, sele ct a folder > Ope n . To s ee the a vailable options of a file, s elect a f ile > Options .
85 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 12. Media Co pyright prot ections ma y prev ent som e im age s, musi c (inc luding rin ging to nes), and othe r co ntent fro m be ing co pied, m odif ied, tra nsferre d or f orwa rded. â Recor d er You can record pieces of speech, sound, or an a ctive call for 5 minutes. The recorder cannot be used when a data call or packet data connect ion is active. Record so und 1. Select Menu > M edia > V oice rec order . Note : If push to talk is not available on y our phone menu, y ou can also pres s the PTT key to start the V oice rec order . 2. To star t the recording, select Rec ord . To start the recording during a call , select Options > Record . While recording a call, all parties to the call will hear a faint beeping s ound every 5 seconds. 3. To end the recording, select Stop . The recording will be s aved in the Recordings folder of the G alle ry menu.
86 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Opt ions after re cordi ng Select Menu > Media > V oi ce re c ord er > Recordings list . The list of folders in t he Gallery is shown. O pen Recordings to see t he list with recordings. Select Options to selec t options for f iles in the Gallery . See Gallery p. 84 . To listen to the lat est recording, sele ct Play last recorded . To s end the lates t recording, s elect Send last recorded . The recording can be sent using Bluetooth te chnology, IR, or MMS.
87 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 13. Push to talk Push to t alk (PTT) ov er cellular is a two-way radio service available over a G SM/GPRS cellular network (net work service). PT T provides dir ect voice communication. To connect to the Push to talk service, press the PTT key. You can us e PTT to ha ve a conver sation with one person or with a group of people having compatible devices. When your call is connected, the person or group you are calling does not have to a nswer the phone. The participants should confirm the reception of any communications wher e appropriate, as there i s no other confirmation w hether the recipients have hea rd the call. To che ck availabilit y and cos ts, and to subs cribe to t he service , contact y our network operator or service provider. Roaming services may be more limi ted than for normal call s. Before y ou can use the PTT service, y ou must define the required PT T service settings. Se e PTT settings p. 95 . While you are connected to the PTT service, you can use the other functions of the phone. The PTT over c ellular service is not connect ed to traditiona l voice communication, and therefore ma ny of th e services av ailable for t raditional voic e calls (for example, voice mailbox) are not available for PTT over cellular communications.
88 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Pus h to ta lk men u Select Menu > Pus h to talk . To conne ct to or disconnect fro m the PTT se rvice, selec t Switch PTT on or Switch PTT off . To vie w the rece ived c allback requests , select Callback inbox . To vie w the list of PTT groups, select Group list . To view the list of cont acts to which you ha ve adde d the PTT address received from the service provider, select Contacts list . To add a new PTT group to the phone, select Add group . To set the PTT settings for use, select PTT settings . To set the required settings for t he PTT connection, selec t C onfig. setti ngs . To open the browser a nd to connec t to the PTT network portal provided by t he service provider, selec t Web . â Con nect to a nd disco nnec t PTT To conne ct to the PTT serv ice, select Men u > Pus h to talk > Sw itch PTT on . indicat es the PTT connection. indicates that the s ervice is temporarily unavailable. The phone automatically tries to reconnect to the service until you disconnect from the PTT service. If yo u have added groups to t he phone, you ar e automatically joined to t he active ( Default or Listened ) groups, and the name of the default group is displayed in the st andby mode. To dis connect from t he PTT ser vice, se lect Switch PTT off .
89 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Make and r eceive a P TT call Set the phone to use the loudspeaker or earpiece for PTT communication. Warn ing: Do not ho ld the dev ice near yo ur ear w hen the loud speake r is in use , because the vol ume may be extremely lo ud . When connected to t he PTT service , you can ma ke or rec eive dial out calls, group calls or one-to-one calls . One-to-one calls are c alls you mak e to only one pe rson. Make a dial -out PTT ca ll For a dial- out PTT call you ca n select mult iple PTT contact s from the contact lis t. The recipi ents get an incoming call and need to ac cept the ca ll in order t o participate. A dial-out c all creates a temporary group, and the pa rticipants join this gr oup only for the duration of the call. After the call the temporary dial out group is deleted. Select Menu > Pus h to talk > Contacts list , and mark the desired contacts for t he dial-out call. The ic on behind the contact in the lis t denotes current login status: , , or indicat e that the per son is either a vailable, unavaila ble, or unk nown; indicat es that the login status is not available. The login sta tus is only available fo r subscribe d contacts. To change the subscribed cont acts, se lect Op tions and from the available contact list opt ions, Subscribe contact or Uns ubscr . cont act , or if one or more contacts are already marked Subs cribe marked or U nsubscr. marked . Press the PTT key briefly t o start t he dial-out call. The ma rked contacts are ca lled by the PT T service, and the joi ning contacts are shown on t he display. Press and
90 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . hold the PTT key t o talk to t he joined cont acts. Releas e the PTT k ey to he ar the response. Press the end key t o terminat e the dial-out call. Make a gr oup call To mak e a call to t he default group, press the PTT key. A tone sounds, indicating that the access is granted, and the phone displays your nickname and group name. To mak e a call to a nondefault group, select Group list in the PTT menu, scroll t o the desired group, and press the PTT key. Press and hold the PTT key t he ent ire time you ar e talking, and hold t he phone in front of you so that you can see the display. When you hav e finished, release the PTT key. Talking is allowed on a f irst-come, fi rst-served ba sis. When someone stops talki ng, th e first person to press the PTT ke y can ta lk next. Ma ke a o ne-to-on e cal l To s tart a one-to-one c all from t he list of cont acts to which you have added the PTT a ddress, select Contacts list. Scroll to a contact, and press the PTT key. You can also s elect the contact fr om Contacts . To start a one-to-one c all from the lis t of PTT groups, select Group list , and s croll to the desired group. Select Options > A c tive members , s croll to t he desired contact, and pr ess the PTT key. To s tart a one-to -one call from t he list of callback reques ts you have received , sel ect Callback inbox . Scroll to t he desired nic kname, and pr ess the PTT key.
91 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Receive a PTT call A short tone notifies you of an inc oming group and one-to-one call. When receiving a group call, the group name and the nic kname of the caller are displaye d. When receiving a one-to-one call f rom a person whose information you have s aved in Contacts , the save d name is displaye d if identif ied; otherwise, only the nickname of the caller is displaye d. You can either accept or reject an incoming one-to-one call if you have set the phone to f irst notify you of the one-t o-one calls. If you pr ess the PTT k ey to tr y to respond t o a group while a nother member is talking, you he ar a queuing tone, and Que uing is displayed as long as you pres s the PTT key. Press and hold the PTT key , and wait for the other person to finish ; then you can ta lk. â Callba ck requ est s If you make a one-t o-one call and do not get a response, you can s end a request for t he person t o call you back. When someone sends you a callback re quest, Callbac k request rece ived is displaye d in the st andby mode. W hen you receive a c allback request f rom someone who is not in y our contacts lis t, you can s ave the name to your Contacts . Send a callback request You can s end a callbac k request in diff erent ways.
92 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . To s end a callback request from th e contacts lis t in the Push to talk menu, s elect Contacts list . Scroll to a contact , and se lect Options > Send callback . To s end a callback request from Contacts , search for t he desired contact , select Options > Con t act details , s croll to th e PTT address, and select O ptions > Se nd callback . To s end a callback request from t he group list in the PTT menu, select Gr oup list , and sc roll to the des ired group. Sele ct Options > Active me mbers , scroll to t he desired c ontact, and select Options > Send callback . To s end a callback request from t he callback request l ist in the Pus h to talk menu, sel ect Callback inbox . Scroll to a contact , and select Options > Send callback . Respo nd to a callback request 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To mak e a one-t o-one call, pres s the PTT key. 3. To s end a call reques t back to the se nder, select Options > Se nd callback . To delete the request, select Delet e . Save the callback request sender 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To vie w the s ender's PTT address, s elect Options > View PTT address .
93 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . To s ave a new contact or to add the PTT address to a c ontact, select Options > Save as or Add to contact . â Add a o ne-to -one co ntact You can s ave the names of pers ons to whom you oft en make one- to-one calls in different ways. To add a PTT addres s to a name in Contacts , se arch for the de sired c ontact, and sel ect Options > Add detail > PT T address . To add a contact t o the PT T contacts lis t, select Menu > Push to talk > Contac ts list > Options > Add contact . To add a contact f rom the group lis t, connect to the Push to talk serv ice, select Group list , and scroll to the desired gr oup. Select Options > Active member s . Scroll to the member whos e contact infor mation you want to save, a nd select O ptions . To add a new cont act, select Save as . To add a PTT address to a name in Contacts , sel ect Add t o contact . â Cre ate a nd set u p gr ou ps When you call a group, all membe rs joined to the group hear t he call simultaneously. Each membe r in the group is identified by a nickname, which is s hown as a caller identificat ion. Group memb ers can choos e a nickname for themselve s in each group.
94 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . Groups are registered with a URL addres s. One user registers the group U RL in t he network by joining the group session th e first time. There are three types of PTT groups: ⢠Provi sioned groups are c losed groups that allow only selec ted partic ipants provi sioned by the s ervice pr ovider to join. ⢠Ad hoc gr oups are groups that the user s can c reate. You can creat e your own group, and invite members to t he group. ⢠Ad hoc pr o groups are gr oups you can cr eate from me mbers in a pr ovisioned group. For example, a business can hav e a clos ed group and separate groups created for certain business functions. Add a grou p Select Menu > Pus h to talk > Add group . Select from the following options: Guided â to add a new group. To set t he securit y level for t he group, select Public group or Private group . If you select Private group , the phone automatically creates a scrambled part to the group addr ess that t he members cannot view when they receive the invitation to the group. Only the person who creates the private group can invit e more members t o the group. Enter the name for the group. Select Default , Lis tened , or In ac ti v e . T he phone indicat es that th e group is save d and its stat us. De fault and Listened are active groups. When you press the PTT ke y to make a group ca ll, the default group is called i f you have not sc rolled to any ot her group or contact. To s end an invitation to t he group, select Ye s when t he phone requests it. You can s end the invi tation using a text me ssage, Bluetooth technology, or IR.
95 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . The membe rs you invit e to the public groups can also inv ite more members to the group. Manual â to join a n existing group . Enter the group addr ess. Select Default , Listened , or Inactive . The phone indicat es that the group is sav ed and its s tatus. Default and Listened are active groups. When you press the PTT key to make a group call, the default group is called if you do not scroll to any other group or con ta ct. Receive an invitation 1. When you receive a text mess age invitation to a group, Group invitation receive d: is dis played. 2. To vie w the nickname of the per son who sent the invitation and t he group address if the group is not a priva te group, select View . 3. To add the group t o your phone, select Save . To set the sta tus for the group, sel ect Default , L istened , or Inactive . To rejec t the invitation, sel ect Exit > Yes , or select View > Disc ard > Yes . â PTT s etti ngs There ar e two kinds of PTT se ttings: settings for conne cting to the service and settings for use . You may rec eive the settings for connecting t o the service from your network opera tor or service provider. See Configur ation settings s ervice p. 18 . You can enter th e settings manual ly. Se e Configur ation p. 80 .
96 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Push to talk > Config. settings and from the follow ing options: Configuration â to select a servi ce provide r, Default , or P ersonal config. f or PTT service . Only the c onfigurations that s upport the PTT service are shown. Account â to s elect a PTT service ac count contained in the active configuration settings PTT user name , Default nickname , PTT password , Domain , and Server addres s To edit t he PTT set tings for use, s elect Menu > Push to talk > PTT s etting s . To select the phone to allow t he reception of incoming one-to-one calls, select 1 to 1 calls > On . To make but not re ceive one-to-one calls, s elect Off . The servic e provider may offer s ome services t hat overr ide these s ettings. To set the phone t o first notif y you of incoming one-to-one calls with a ringing tone, select Not ify . To activate the listened groups, select Lis tened groups > On . To s et the phone to aut omatically connec t to the PTT service when you swit ch the phone on, s elect PTT status in startup > Ye s . To hide your PTT addres s from group and one-to-one calls , select Send my PTT address > No .
97 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . 14. Organizer â Alar m cl ock You can s et the phone to alarm at a desired time. Select Men u > O rganiser > Alarm clock . To set the ala rm, select Alarm time , and enter the alarm time. To change the alarm time when the alarm time is set, select On . To set the phone to alert you on selec ted days of the we ek, selec t Repeat alar m . To s elect an alar m tone, s elect Alarm tone . To s et the snooze t ime-out, selec t Snooze time-out . Stop t he ala rm The phone sounds an a lert tone, and f lashes Alarm! and the current time on t he display, even if the phone was switched of f. To stop t he alarm, select Stop . If you let the phone continue to s ound the alarm for a minut e or s elect Snooze , the alarm stops for the preset snooze time-out, t hen resumes. If the alarm tim e is reached while the device is sw itched of f, the device switc hes itself on and s tart s soundi ng the al arm ton e. If y ou s elec t Stop , the devi ce asks whether you want to activate the devi ce for calls. Select No to switch off the device or Ye s to make and receiv e calls. Do not sele ct Yes when wirel ess phon e use may cause interfere n ce or d anger.
98 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â Calenda r Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . The c urrent day is indicated by a frame. If there are any notes set for the day, the day is in bold type. T o vie w the day not es, select View . To vi ew a week, s elect Options > Week view . To delete all notes in the calendar, select the mo nth or week view, and select Options > Delete all notes . Other options for the day v iew may be Make a not e , Delete , Edit , Move , or Repeat a note; Copy a note to another day; Send note as text message or mult imedia message, w ith IR, Blueto oth technology, or to t he calendar of another c ompatible phone. In Settings you can set the date and t ime settings. In Au to- dele t e no tes you can set the p hone to delete old notes automatically after a specified time. Mak e a c ale ndar not e Select Menu > O rganiser > Calendar . Scroll to t he date y ou want, an d select Options > Make a n ot e and one of the follow ing note types : Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . A no te ala rm The phone beeps and dis plays the not e. With a call note on the dis play, to call the displayed number, pres s the call key. To stop the alar m and t o view t he note, sel ect Vi ew . To stop the a larm for appro ximately 10 minutes, select Snooze . To stop t he alarm without vie wing the not e, select Exit .
99 Copyright é 2005 N okia. All rights reserved . â To-do li st To s ave notes for tasks that you must do, select Menu > Organ iser > To-do list . To creat e a note if no note is added, selec t Add not e ; otherwise, select Options > Add . Write the note, and select Save . Sele ct the pr iority, the deadline , and the alarm ty pe for the not e. To vie w a note, sc roll to it, and s elect Vie w . You can a lso select an option to delete the selecte d note and d elete all the notes that you have mark ed as done. You can sort t he notes by pr iority or by deadline; send a note to another phone a s a text message, using IR, Bluetooth technology , or a mult imedia message; s ave a not e as a calendar note, or access the calendar. While vi ewing a note, you can als o select an opt ion to edit the deadline or priority for the n ote or mar k the no te as do ne. â Notes To use t his application t o write and send notes, selec t Menu > Organiser > Notes . To creat e a note if no note is added, selec t Add not e ; otherwise, select Options > Make a note . Write a note, and select Save . Other opt ions for notes include deleting and e diting a note. W hile editing a note, you can also exit th e text editor wit hout saving the cha nges. You can send the note to compatible dev ices using a t ext message , a multimedia mes sage, Bluetooth technology, or IR. If t he note is too long to send as a text mes sage, the phone as ks you to dele te the appropr iate number of charac ters from your note.
100 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Walle t In W allet , you can save pe rsonal informat ion, such as credit c ard numbers, addresse s, and access co des to services that require a user name and p assword. You can e asily retrieve t he information in t he wallet to fill in online f orms, if the service supports it. The fir st time y ou access th e wallet, you have to de fine the wallet code t hat protects your encrypted data . See Wal let code p. 18 . If you want to de lete all the c ontent of the wallet and the wallet c ode, enter * #7370925538# (* # res wallet # in letters) in th e standby mode . You also ne ed the security c ode of the phone ; see Security code p. 17 . To add or edit contents, open the Wallet menu. To us e the content of t he wallet in a mobile service, ac cess the w allet from the browser. See Web p. 110 . Access th e wallet menu To ac cess the w allet menu, select Menu > Or ganiser > Wa l l e t . Enter your wal let code and select from the f o llowing options: Wallet profiles to create ca rd combinations for different servic es. A walle t profile is helpful if the service asks you t o fill in many data items. You can select the appropriate w allet profile instead of select ing different cards separ ately. Cards â to save personal card inf ormation. You ca n save Pa y m e n t c a r d s , Loyalty car ds , Access cards , User in fo card s , or Address cards . If supported by your service provider, you can also r eceive c ard information to y our phone as a configuration
101 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . message. You are noti fied of the ca rd categor y. For availa bility of r eceiving card information as configuratio n settings, cont act the card issuer or service provide r. Ticke ts â to save the notific ations of e-ticket s that y ou bought through a mobile service . To view the ticket s, se lect Options > View . Receipts â to sa ve receipts of mobile purchases. Settings â t o modify wallet settings . See Wa llet se tt in gs p. 101 . Personal notes â t o save all kinds of pe rsonal information t hat you wa nt to keep protected by the wa llet PIN code, s uch as a ccount numbers, passwords, or code s. Create a wallet prof ile When you have sa ved your per sonal card details , you can c ombine them t ogether into a wallet profile. You can use the profile to retrieve walle t data from different cards w hile browsing. 1. Access th e wallet, and select W allet profiles . 2. To c reate a ne w wallet pr ofile if no profile is added, select Add new . Otherwise, sel ect Options > Add new . 3. Fill in the following fields. Some of the fields contain data t hat is selected from the wallet. You must save this data before y ou can create a w allet profile. Wallet setting s Access th e wallet, and select Settings . To change the wallet code, select Change code . To set the radio frequency identification (RFID) code and type, selec t RF ID > RFID code and RF ID t y pe . RFID is technology that he lps secur e your commercial transa ctions.
102 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Ma ki ng p ur cha ses To do your shopping, acc ess the desi red Web site t hat supports the w allet. The service must support the Electronic C ommer ce Modeling La nguage specificat ion. See Connect to a service p. 110 . Choose the pr oduct you want to buy and read car efully all pr ovided information before your purchase. The text may not fit within a single screen. Therefore , make sure to scroll through and read all of t he text befor e your purchase. To pay for the ite ms you wish to buy, t he phone asks whe ther you want to use t he wallet. T he phone al so asks for your wallet PIN code. Select the ca rd you wa nt to p ay with fr om the Pa y m e n t c a r d s lis t. If the data f orm you receive from the servic e provider supports the Electronic Commerce Modeling Language specification, the phone automatically fills in t he credit c ard information or the wa llet profile from the wallet. Approve the purchase, and the information is forwarded. You may receive an acknowledgement or a digital receipt of the purchase. To clos e the wallet, select Close wallet . If you do not use the wallet for 5 minutes, it closes automatically. If you have tr ied to access o r have access ed confidenti al informatio n requiring passwords (for exampl e your bank accoun t), empty the cach e of your phone after ea ch use. To empty the cache , see Cache memory p. 116 .
103 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Sync hronizat ion Synchronization allow s you to save your calendar and cont acts data on a remote Internet se rver (network s ervice) or on a c ompatible PC. If y ou have sav ed data on the remote Internet s erver, you can synchronize your phone by starting the synchronization from your phone. You can also synchronize the data in your phone contact s, calenda r, and notes to correspond to the data of your compatible PC by s tarting the synchronizat ion from your PC. The c ontact data on your SIM c ard will not be synchronized. Server synchroniza tion To use a synchronization service subscribe to t he service and retrieve the corresponding settings. For details, contact your service provider. To start the synchronization f rom your phone, do the following: 1. Select the configuration s ettings you ne ed for the synchr onization. See Server synchronization settings p. 104 . 2. Select Menu > O rganiser > Sy nchronisation > Server sync > D ata to be synchronised . Mark the data to be synchronize d. 3. Select Menu > O rganiser > Sy nchronisation > Server sync > Synchronise . The marked dat a of the active set is synchronized a fter confirmation. Synchronizing for the first t ime or after an interrupted s ynchronization may t ake up to 30 minutes to complete, if the contacts or calendar are full.
104 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Server synchr onization se ttings You may receive the configuration settings required for synchronization as a configuration mes sage from t he service prov ider. To manage t he confi guration settings, s ee Configuration p. 80 . Select Menu > O rganiser > Sy nchronisation > Server sync > Sync settings and from the f ollowing options: Configuration â O nly the configurations that support t h e synchronization are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or Pe rsonal config. for synchronization. Account â Sel ect a synchroniza tion service acc ount conta ined in the active configuration set tings. User name â Enter your user name. Pas s wo rd â Enter the passw ord of the se rvic e. PC synchroniz a tion To synchronize Co nt ac t s , Calendar , and Not es from a compa tible PC, use an IR, Bluetooth technology, or data c able connect ion. You also nee d Nokia PC Suite software of your phone installed on the PC. St art the synchronization f rom the PC using Nokia PC Suite. Ens ure that the phone is in the s tandby mode and that t he time and date are set. PC synchr onization se ttings Select Menu > O rganiser > Sy nchronisation > PC s ync se ttings , and enter the User name and Pa s s wo r d . T he user name and password must be the same in the phone and in the PC.
105 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 15. Applicat ions â Game s a nd applica tion s Your p hone software ma y include some games and Java applications sp ecially designed for this Nokia phone. To launc h a game or applic ation, select Men u > Applic ations > Games > Select game or Collection > Selec t application . Scr oll to a game or an applic ation, and sel ect Op en or press the call key. The following options may be a vailable for games and applic ations: Delete â t o delete the game or application from t he phone Details â t o give additional information about t he game or applic ation Update ve rsion â to check if a ne w version is available for download from the servic e s (netw ork serv ice) Web page â to provide further inf ormation or additional da ta from a n Internet page. T his feature nee ds to be support ed by the net work. App. access â to res trict the game or applic ation from acces sing the netw ork to prevent you from ac cruing unexpected costs. Select Communication > Netwo rk acces s , Messaging , or Connectivit y , or select Aut o-start . Select in each category one of t he available pe rmissions.
106 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Game an d appl icatio n dow nload s Your phone supports J2ME î Java appl ications. Make s ure that the application is compatible wit h your phone bef ore downloading it . Select Menu > A pplications > Games > Game downloads or Collec tion > App. downloads . The list of available bookmar ks is s hown. Select More bookmarks to acces s the list of bookmarks in the Web menu. See Bookmarks p. 114 . Select a bookmark t o connect t o the des ired service. For t he availability of different services, pr icing and t ari ffs, contact your service provider. Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. Note t hat when downloading an application, it may be saved in the Games menu instead of the Applications menu. Gam e s e tti ngs Select Menu > A pplications > Games > App. settings t o set sounds, lights and shake s for game s. Memory sta tus To vie w the amount of me mory avail able for game and application installat ions (third sh ared memory), selec t Menu > Applications > Games or Collection > Memory .
107 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Calc ulator The c alculator in your phone adds, s ubtracts, multiplies, divides, c alculates the squar e and t he square root and converts currency values. Note : This calcul ator has limite d accuracy and is des ign ed for sim p le calculatio ns . Select Menu > A pplications > Extras > Calculat or . W hen 0 is displayed on the screen, enter the first number in t he calculation. Pr ess the # key f or a decimal point. Select Options > Add , Subt ract , Multiply , Divide , Square , Square root , or Change sign . Enter the second number. For a total, select Equals . Repeat this sequence as many times as it is necessary. T o start a new calculati on, first se lect and hold Clear . To perf orm a cu rrency conversion, select Men u > Applicat ions > Extras > Calculator . To save the exchange rate, select Options > E xchange rate . Sel ect either of the display ed options. Enter the exchange r ate, pres s the # key for a decimal poi nt, and s elect OK . The exchange rate remains in the memory until you replace it with another one. To perf orm the curre ncy conversion, enter the amount to be converted, and select Options > I n domestic or In foreign . Note : When you change base curren cy, you must enter the n ew rates because all previousl y set exchange rate s are set to zero.
108 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Coun tdown t ime r Select Menu > A pplications > Extras > Countdown timer . Enter the alarm time in hours, minutes, and s econds. If you wish , wr ite yo ur own note text that is displaye d when the time expires. T o start the countdown timer , select Sta rt . To change th e countdown time , select Change time . To s top the t imer, select Stop timer . If the alarm time is reached when t he phone is in the s tandby mode, the phone sounds a t one and fl ashes the note text if it is set or Countdo wn time up . T o stop the ala rm, press any key. If no key is pressed, the alarm automatical ly stops within 30 seconds. To stop the alarm and to delete the not e text, select Exit . To re st art the countdown timer, s elect Rest art . â Stop wat ch To meas ure time, tak e intermediat e times, or t ake lap t imes, use the stopwatch. During timi ng, the other functions of the phone can be use d. To set the stopwatch timing i n the background, press the end key. Using the stop watch or allowi ng it to run in the backgro und whe n using other fe atures incr ease s the dema nd on batt ery powe r an d redu ces t he ba ttery lif e. Select Menu > A pplications > Extras > St opwatch and from the followi ng options: Split timing â to t ake intermediat e times. T o start t he time obser vation, select Start . Select Split every time t hat you want to take a n interme diate time. T o stop the time obs ervation, s elect Stop. To save the measured time, s elect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > St ar t . The new time is added to the
109 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . previous time. To reset the time w ithout saving it, select Re se t . To se t th e stopwat ch timing in the background, press the end k ey. Lap timing â t o take lap times. To set the stopwatch timing in the background, press the end key. Continue â to view t he timing that you have set in the backgr ound Show last â to view t he most recently meas ured time if the st opwatch is not r eset View times or D elete times â to view or delete the save d times
110 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 16. Web You can access various mobile Internet services with your phone browser. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. Check th e availability of these s ervices, prici ng, tari ffs, and instruc tions with your service provider. With t he phone browser y ou can view the servic es that use w ireless mar kup language (WML) or extensible hyp ertext markup language ( XHTML) on t heir pages. Appearance may va ry due to s creen size. You may not be able t o view all details of t he Internet pages . â Set up brow sing You may receive the configuration settings required for browsing as a configuration mes sage fr om the service prov ider. See Configuration settings servi ce p. 18 . You can also enter all the configuration settings manually. See Configuration p. 80 . â Conn ect t o a ser vice Verify that the correc t configuration set tings of the ser vice that you want to us e are a ctiv ated .
111 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 1. To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Web > Settings > Conf iguration settings . 2. Select Configuration . Only the configur ations that support browsing se rvice are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for brows ing. See Set up browsing p. 110 . Select Account and a brows ing service account contained in the ac tive configuration settings. Select Display terminal window > Ye s to perform manual user authentic ation for intr anet connections. Make a connection to t he service in one of the following wa ys: â¢S e l e c t Me nu > Web > Home ; or in the standby mode, p ress and hold 0 . ⢠To s elect a bookmar k of the service, s elect Menu > Web > Bookmarks . ⢠To s elect the la st URL, s elect Menu > We b > Las t web addr. . ⢠To enter the addres s of the service, selec t Menu > Web > Go to addr ess , en ter the address of t he service. â Brows e pag es After you ma ke a connect ion to the service, you can start browsing its pages. The function of t he phone ke ys may v ary in differ ent services . Follow th e text guides on the phone display. For more informat ion, contact your service provide r. If packet data is selected as the data bearer, is shown on the top left of the display during browsing. If you rec eive a call or a text message, or make a call
112 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . during a packet data connection, is shown on the top right of t he display to indicat e that the pack et data connec tion is suspe nded (on hold). After a call t he phone t ries to reco nnect the pack et data connec tion. Brows e with ph one keys Use t he joystick to browse t hrough the page . To s elect a highlighte d item, pres s the call k ey, or select Select . To enter letters and numbers, press the keys, 0 to 9 . To enter spe cial chara cters, press * . Options wh ile brows ing In addition to the options available on yo ur device, your s ervice pr ovider may of fer other options. Direct callin g The browse r supports functions th at you can access while b rowsing. You can make a phone c all, send DTMF tones while a voice call is in progress, and save a name and a phone number from a page . â Appear ance setti ngs While browsing, select O ptions > Other options > Appear. s et tings ; or in the standby mode , select Me nu > Web > Se ttings > Appearance setti ngs and from the following options:
113 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Text wrapping > On â t o set the text to continue on the next line on the display. If you select Of f , the text is abbreviated. Font size > Extra s mall , Small , or Medium â t o se t th e font s ize Show images > No â to hide pictures on the page. This can sp eed up the browsing of pages that contain a lot of pictures . Alerts > Alert for unsecure connection > Ye s â to set the phon e to a lert w hen an encrypt ed connection changes to unencrypted during browsing Alerts > Alert for unsecure items > Yes â to se t the phone to aler t when an encrypt ed page contains an unsecure item. These alerts do not guarantee a secure connect ion. See Brows er security p. 116 . Character encoding > Content encoding â to s elect the enc oding for the browser page content Character encoding > Unicode (UTF-8) web addresses > On â to se t the ph one to send a URL as a UTF -8 encoding. You may need th is setting when y ou access a Web page c reated in for eign language. â Cookie s A cookie is data t hat a site saves in t he cache memory of your phone. C ookies are save d until you clear the ca che memory. See Cache me mory p. 116 . While brows ing, select Options > Other options > Security > Cookie settings ; or in the standby mode, s elect Menu > We b > Settings > Securit y settin gs > Cookies . To allow or prevent t he phone from receiving cookies , select Allo w or Reject .
114 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Scr ipts o ver se cure c onnect ion You can select whether t o allow the running of scripts from a secure page. The phone supports WML s cripts. 1. While brows ing, select Options > Other options > Security > Sc ript settings ; or in the standby mode, selec t Menu > Web > Settings > Security settings > Scripts over secure connec tion . 2. To allow the scripts , select Allo w . â Bookmar ks You can save page addresses as book marks in the phone memory. 1. While browsing, select O ptions > Bookmarks ; or in th e standby mode, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scrol l to a bookmar k, and select it; or pr ess the ca ll key t o make a c onnection to the page assoc iated with t he bookmark. 3. Select Options to view, edit , delete, or send the book mark; create a new bookmar k; or s ave the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have som e bookmark s loaded for s ites not affilia ted with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endors e these sit es. If you choose to access them, yo u should take th e same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site. Receive a bookm ark When you have receiv ed a bookmar k that is sent as a bookmark, 1 bookmark receive d is displayed. To save the bookmark, s elect Show > Save . To view or delete
115 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the bookmark, select Options > View or Dele te . To discard the bookmark directly after you have received the bookmark, s elect Exit > OK . â Down load f iles To downloa d more tones, images , games, or applications to your phone (network ser vi ce) , sel ect Me nu > We b > Do wnloads > T one downloads , G raphic downloads , Game downloads , Video downloads , T heme downloads , or App. downloads . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. â Serv ice in box The phone is able to r eceive s ervice messages (pushed messages) s ent by your service provider (networ k service). Servic e messages are notificat ions of (for example) ne ws headlines, and t hey may contain a t ext messa ge or an addr ess of a servi ce. To acc ess th e Service inbox in the s tandby mode , when you have r eceived a service message, s elect Sh ow . If you sele ct Exit , t he message is moved to t he Serv ice inbox . To acc ess the Ser vice inbox lat er, se lect Me nu > Web > Service inbox . To a cce ss t he Se rvice inbox while browsing, selec t Opt ions > O ther options > Service inbox . Scroll to t he mess age you want. T o activa te the br owser and download t he marked cont ent, select Retrieve . To display detailed inf ormation on the service notific ation or to delete the message, select Opti ons > Details or Delete .
116 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Se rv ic e i nb ox set tin g s Select Menu > Web > Settings > Servic e inbox settings . To set whet her you want to receive servic e message, select Service messages > On or Of f . To s et the phone to r eceive service messages only from cont ent authors approved by th e servic e provider, s elect Message f ilter > On . To vie w the list of the app roved co nte nt a utho rs, se lect Trusted channels . To s et the phone to aut omatically act ivate the browser from t he standby mode when the phone has received a service message, select Au t omatic connection > On . If you select Off , the phone activat es the brow ser only after you select Retrieve when the phone has receiv ed a service mes sage. â Cac he memo ry A cache is a memory location tha t is used to st o re dat a temporaril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confident ial information requiring passwords, em pty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have accessed is stored in the ca che. To empty the cache, while browsing, select Options > Other opt ions > Clear the cac he ; in the standby mode, s elect Me nu > Web > Clear the cache . â Browse r securi ty Security features may be required for some service s, such as online banki ng or shopping. For such connec tions you need s ecurity ce rtificates and pos sibly a security module , which may be available on your SIM car d. For mor e information, contact your service provider.
117 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Secur ity m o dule The s ecurity module impro ves security servic es for applicat ions requiring a browser connec tion, and allows you to use a digital signature . The security module may cont ain certifica tes as well as pr ivate and public keys. The certific ates are save d in the secur ity module by t he service provider. Select Menu > We b > Settin gs > Secur ity setti ngs > Se curity module settings and from the f ollowing options: Security module details â to show the security module title, status, manufactu rer, and se rial number Module PIN request â to s et the phone to as k for t he module PIN when using service s provided by t he security module. Ent er the code, and select On . To disable the module PIN request, select Off . Change module PIN â to cha nge the module PIN, if allowed by the s ecurity module. Ent er the c urrent module PIN code, then e nter the new code twice. Change signing PIN â to change t he signing PIN code for the digital signature. Select t he signing PIN you want to chan ge. Enter the current PIN code, then the new code twice. See als o Access codes p. 17 .
118 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Certificates Important: Note that even if the us e o f certif icates make s the risks i n volved in remote connections and software in stallatio n consid erably small er, they must be used correctly in order to benefit from increased security. The existence of a certif icate doe s not offer a ny protecti on by itself ; the certif icate manager must contain correct , authentic, or trus ted certi ficates for increa sed security to be available. Certifi cates have a restricted lifetime. If Expired certifi cate or Certificate not val id yet is sh own even i f the cert ificate should be valid , check t hat the curre nt date and ti me in your device are co rrect. Before changing any certificat e settings, you mus t make sure that you really tru st the owne r of the certi ficate and that the cer tifica te really belongs to the list ed owne r. There are three kinds of certificates: server certificat es, authority certific ates, and user ce rtificates. You may receiv e these cer tificates from y our servic e provider. Authority certificates a nd user cer tificates may also be s aved in the s ecurity module by the service provider. To vie w the list of the authority or user c ertificates downloade d into your phone, sel ect Menu > We b > Settings > Security s ettings > Aut hority certificat es or User certificat es . The s ecurity indicat or is dis played dur ing a connec tion if the da ta transmiss ion between t he phone and t he content ser ver is encrypt ed. The security ic on does not indica te that the data t rans missio n b etween the gat eway and the content server (or place where the requested resource is stored) is s ecure. The service provider secu res the data trans mission betw een the gateway and the cont ent server.
119 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Digit a l s ignat ure You can ma ke digital signatures with your phone if your SIM card ha s a security module. Using the digital signature can be the same as signing your name t o a paper bill, contract, or other document. To mak e a digital signatur e, select a link on a pa ge (for example, the ti tle of the book you want to buy and its price). The t ext to sign is shown, which may include the amount and date. Check tha t the he ader te xt is Read and that t he digital signature icon is show n. If the digital signature ic on does not appear , there is a secur ity breach, and you should not ent er any personal data such as your signing PIN. To s ign the text , read all of the text first, a nd select Sign . The text may not fit within a single screen. Therefore , make sure to scroll through and read all of t he text befor e signing. Select t he user cer tificate you want to use. Enter th e signing PIN (see Ac ce ss codes p. 17 ), and select OK . The digital signature icon disappears, and t he service may dis play a confir mation of your pur chase.
120 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 17. SIM servi ces Your SIM card may pro vide additional servic es that y ou can access. This menu is shown only if it is s upported by your SIM c ard. The name and contents of the menu depend on the SIM card. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. To set the phone to s how the co nfirmation messages sent between your phone and t he network w hen you are using the SIM services , select Menu > Settings > Phone settings > Confirm SIM s ervice actions > Ye s . Accessing these servic es may involve sending messages or making a phone call for which y ou may be char ged.
121 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 18. P C connectivity You can s end and receiv e e-mail and access the Internet whe n your phone is connected t o a compat ible PC through a Bluetooth technology, IR or data cable (CA-42) connection. You can use y our phone with a variety of PC connectivity and data communications applications. â PC Su ite With PC Suit e you can s ynchronize Contacts , calendar and t o-do notes, and note s between your phone and the compatible PC or a remote Internet ser ver (network servi ce) . You may find more information about PC suite, for example , downloadable files in the support area on the Nokia Web s ite at < www.nok ia.com/support>. â P a cket da ta, HSC SD, an d CSD With your phone you c an use the pac ket data, high- speed circuit s witched data (HSCSD), and circuit switched data (CSD, G SM dat a ). For availa bility and su bscription to data services, contact your net work operator or service provider. The us e of HSCSD services consumes the phone bat tery faster than normal v oice or data calls. You may need t o connect the phone to a charger for the duration of da ta tr ans fe r. See Packet dat a (EGPRS) p. 78 .
122 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Dat a co mmunic ation a pplic ation s For information on using a dat a communication application, r efer to the document ation provided with it. Making or ans wering phone calls during a computer connection is not r ecommended, as it might disrupt t he operation. For better per formance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary sur face with the keypad facing down. Do not move th e phone by holding it in your hand duri ng a dat a call.
123 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 19. Battery informa tion â Cha rging an d di sc harg ing Your de vice is powered by a rechargeable battery. The full performance of a new b attery is achieved only afte r two or three complet e charge and discharge cycle s . The batte ry can be ch arged an d dis charge d hu ndreds of times but i t wil l even tua lly we ar out. Wh en the talk an d standby time s are noticeably sho rter than normal, rep lace the b attery. Use o nly Nokia appr ov ed ba tteri es, a nd rech ar ge you r ba tter y only with No kia ap pro ved charg ers designated for this device. Unplug the char ger from the electrica l p lug and th e device when not in use. Do not leave fu lly cha rged batt ery conn ected t o a charg er, since ove rcharg ing m ay sh ort en i ts life tim e. If lef t unuse d, a fu lly c harge d bat tery will los e its char ge ove r time. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is dama ged. Do not short-circui t the battery. Acciden tal short-circu iting can occur when a metallic object such as a coin, clip, or pen causes direct connectio n of the posi tive ( ) a nd negative ( - ) terminals of the b attery. (Thes e look like meta l strips on the batte ry.) This might h appen, for example, when you carry a spare batter y in your poc ket or purse . Short-cir cuiti ng the terminals ma y damage the batt ery or the connectin g object . Leaving th e batter y in hot or cold pl aces, such as in a closed car in s ummer or win ter conditions, w ill reduce the capacit y and lifetime of the batter y and its ability to charge. Always try to keep the battery between 1 5ðC and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A device with a hot or cold battery ma y not work temporari ly, even when the batt ery is fully ch arged. Battery performa nce is parti cularl y limited in temperatur es well b elow freez ing.
124 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Do not dispo se of batteri es in a fire as th ey may explod e. Batteri es may also expl ode if damaged. Dispos e o f batteries a ccording to lo ca l regulatio ns . Plea se recycle when poss ible. Do not dis pos e as ho useh old waste . â Nokia batter y authent ication guid eline s Always use orig inal Nokia batte ries for your sa fety. To check that you are getting an orig inal Nokia battery, purchase it from an autho rized Nokia dealer, look for the Nokia Original Enhancements logo on the packaging, and inspect th e holo gram label us ing the follo wing ste ps: Successful completio n of the four step s is not a total assura n ce of the authe n ticity o f the battery. If you have any reason to belie ve that your battery is not an authenti c original Nokia battery, yo u should refra in from using it, and tak e it to the neares t authoriz ed Nokia ser vice poi nt or de ale r for as sist an ce. Your auth or ized Nok ia serv ice p oi nt or dea ler wi ll ins pe ct t he battery for authentici ty. If authenticity cannot be verified, return the battery to th e place of pur cha se. Auth enti cate holo gra m 1. Wh en look ing at the holo gram on th e labe l, you shoul d see t he Noki a conne ct ing han ds s ymbol f ro m one a ngle and t he No kia Ori ginal E nhanc emen ts logo wh en looki ng f rom a nother a ngle .
125 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . 2. When you ang le the ho logram left, righ t, down, a nd up, you shou ld see 1, 2, 3, and 4 dot s on each side resp ective ly. 3. Scr atch the si de of the la bel to r eveal a 20-di git c ode , for examp le, 12345 6789198765 43210 . Turn th e battery so that the numbers are facing upwa rds. The 20 -digi t code reads starting from the nu mber at the top row follow ed by the bottom row. 4. Confir m that the 2 0-digit code is valid by fo llowing the instructions at www.nokia.com/ba tterychec k. To cre ate a t ext mess age, enter t he 20- digit c ode, for e xample , 12345678 9198765432 10, and send to 44 7786 2 00276 . To create a te xt message, ⢠For count ries in Asi a Pacific , excluding I ndia: Ent er the 20-dig it code, for exa mple, 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 61 4271 51515.
126 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . ⢠Fo r Indi a onl y: Ent er Bat ter y foll owed by the 20-di git ba tter y cod e, for exam ple, Batte ry 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 5555. Nat iona l and intern ati onal opera tor cha rge s wi ll app ly. You should receive a message ind icating wheth er the code can be authe nticated. Wh at if you r ba tt er y is no t aut he nti c? If you cannot confirm tha t your Nokia battery with the h ologram on the label is an authentic Nokia battery, please do not use th e battery. Take it to the n eares t authorized Nokia service point or dealer for assista nce. The us e of a batter y that i s not approv ed by the manuf acturer may be d ange rous an d m ay res ult in po or perf orm ance a nd damage to your d evice and i ts enhancements . It may also invalidat e any approval or warra nty applying to th e device. To find out more about or iginal Nokia batteries, vi s it www.nok ia.com/batte ry.
127 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . CARE AN D MAINTENA NCE You r dev ice is a prod uct of s uperi or des ign and crafts mans hip an d shou ld be tre ated w ith care. The suggestions bel ow will help you protect yo ur warranty coverage. ⢠Kee p the d evice dry. Prec ipitat ion, humidi ty a nd al l types of liqu ids o r moi sture can contain mineral s that will corrode el ectronic circuits. If your device does get wet, remove the battery a nd allow the d evice to dry comple tely before replac ing it. ⢠Do not us e or s tore the device in d usty, d irty are as. Its movi ng par ts an d e lectron ic co mpon ents c an be d ama ged. ⢠Do not s tore the device in h ot ar eas. Hig h temperatur es can s hort en the life of electronic de vices, dama ge b atteri es, and wa rp or melt c ert ain plasti cs. ⢠Do not store the devi ce in cold areas. When the de vice returns to its normal tem perature, mo istur e can form i nsid e th e devic e a nd dama ge e lectr onic c ircui t bo ards. ⢠Do not attemp t to open the dev ice other than as instructed in this g uide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, o r shake the device. Ro ugh handling can break in ternal circuit boar ds and fi ne mech anics. ⢠Do not use harsh chem icals, cleaning s olven ts, or stron g dete rgents to clea n the dev ice. ⢠Do not pa int t he dev ice. Paint c an cl og t he mov ing p arts an d p revent pro per op erat ion. ⢠Use only th e sup plied or an appro ved repl acem ent an tenn a. U naut horiz ed an tenn as, mo dificat ions , or at tachme nts co uld d amage the devic e and may vi olat e regu lations gov erni ng radio devices . ⢠Use cha rgers indoo rs. ⢠Always creat e a backup of data you want to keep (such as contacts a nd calendar note s) before sending your devi ce to a service facilit y.
128 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . All of the abov e suggesti ons apply equally to your device, batt ery, charger, or any enhancement. If any device is not working properly, t ake it to the ne arest authorize d service facility for service.
129 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Add itiona l safet y inform ation Your d evice and i ts enh ancements ma y conta in small parts . Keep t hem out o f the reach of small childr en. â Operat ing envi ronment Remember to f ollow any spe cial regulatio ns in force in any are a and always switch of f your device whe n its use is prohibi ted or when it may cause interfere n ce or dan ger. Use th e devic e only in it s normal opera ting posi tions. T his device meet s RF exposure guid elines when used either i n the norm al use positi o n aga inst th e ear o r when pos itione d at le ast 2.2 centime ters (7/8 inches) away from the body. When a carry case, belt cli p or holder is us ed for body-wo rn oper atio n, it sh ould n ot cont ai n met al and s hou ld po sitio n the dev ice t he ab ove- stat e d distanc e from your body.I n order to tr ansmit data files or messa ges, this device requir es a good qualit y connection to the network. In so me cases, trans mission of data file s or messages may b e delayed until such a connecti o n is ava ilable. Ensure the a bove sep aration distanc e instructions a re follo wed until the transmiss ion is comp leted. Parts of the device a re magnetic. Metalli c materials may b e attracted to the d e vice. Do not place cred it cards or o ther ma gnetic stor age media n ear th e device, because i nformat ion st ored o n th em m ay be er ased . â Medical devices Ope ration of a ny ra dio tra nsmi ttin g equipm ent, i nclud ing wi rel ess phon es, m ay int erfe re with the functi o nality o f inadequ ately prot ected medica l devices. Co nsult a p hysician or t he manufacturer of the med ical device to determine if they are a d equate ly shielded from external RF energ y o r if you have any q uestions. Switch off your device in heal th care
130 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . facilitie s when an y regulatio ns posted in these ar eas instr uct you to do so. Hospital s or health care f aciliti es may be using equip ment that could be sensitive to extern al RF energy . Pacemaker s Pacemaker man ufacture rs recommend that a minimu m separatio n of 15.3 centime ters (6 inch es) b e m aintai ned betwe en a wirel ess pho ne and a pace make r to a void p ote ntial interferenc e with the pacemake r. These recommen dations are consistent w ith the independen t researc h by and recommenda tions of Wireles s Techno logy Research . Person s wi th pacema kers shoul d do the follo wing: ⢠Always keep the device mo re than 15 .3 centimeters (6 inches) from t he pacemaker ⢠Not carry the de vice in a breast p ocket ⢠Hold the de vice to the ea r opposite the p acemaker to minimi ze the potential for interference. If you suspect inte rference, switch off your device, and move the device away. Hearing a ids Some digital wireless devices may interfere with so me hearing aids. If interference occurs, consu lt your servi ce provi der. â Vehicl es RF signals may affect impro perly inst alled or inadeq uately shielded electronic s ystems in motor vehicl es such as electr onic fuel in jectio n systems, electronic a ntiskid (antilock) br aking sys tem s, el ect roni c sp eed c ontr ol s yste ms, a ir bag s yste ms. F or more inf orma tio n, check with the ma n ufacturer o r its representati ve of your ve hicle or any e quipment tha t has be en adde d. Only qualif ied person nel should serv ice the de vice, or insta ll the device in a vehicle. Faulty installatio n or servic e may be dangerou s and may inval idate any warranty t h at may appl y to
131 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . the device. Ch eck regula rly that all wirele s s device eq uipment in your vehic le is mounted and op eratin g pr operl y. D o not sto re or c arr y flam ma ble l iqui ds, ga ses, or explos iv e mat erial s in the same compar tment as the device, it s parts, or enhanceme nts. For vehicles equ ipped with an air b ag, remember that air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, incl udin g inst alle d or port able w ire less equi pment in t he are a ove r th e air b ag or in the air bag deploy ment area . If in-veh icle wi reless equipment is improperl y installe d a nd th e air bag inflates, serious injury could result. Using your de vice while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless teledevices in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operatio n of the airc raft, disrup t the wireless tele p hone ne twork, and may be ille g al. â Potent i all y expl osive enviro nments Switch off your device when in any a rea with a poten tially ex plosive atmo sphere and obey all signs and instruct ions. Poten tiall y explosiv e atmosphere s includ e areas where yo u would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire res ulting in bodily injury or even death. Sw itch off the device at refuelling poi nts such as near gas pu mps at s ervic e st ation s. O bser ve r est ricti ons o n t he us e of ra dio eq uipmen t in fuel depots , sto rage , and dist ributi on ar ea s, chem ical plan ts or where bla sting operatio ns are in progr ess. A reas with a poten tiall y explosive a tmospher e are oft en but not always clea rly mark ed. They incl u de belo w deck on boats , chemica l transf er or stor age fac ilities , vehi cles usi ng liqu efie d petr oleum gas (such a s prop ane o r buta ne), a nd ar eas where the air contains c hemicals or pa rticles suc h as grain, dus t, o r me tal powders .
132 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Emergen cy calls Important: Wi rel ess phon es, i ncludi ng th is devi ce, ope rate u sing r adio signa ls, wireles s netwo rks, l andlin e netw orks, and user-p rogra mme d functi ons. B ecause of this, conn ections in all condition s cannot be guaran teed. You sho uld never rely solely o n any wireles s device for esse ntial commun ications li ke medical emerge ncies. To mak e an e mergency call: 1. If the d evice is not on, switch it o n. Check for adequ ate signal streng th. Some network s may require that a valid SIM car d is properly ins erted in the device. 2. Press the end key as many ti mes as needed to clear the disp lay and ready the device fo r calls. 3. Enter the official emergency number for your presen t location. Emergency numbers vary by lo cati on. 4. Press the call key. If certain features are in use, you may first need to turn those fea tures off before you can make an emergency cal l. If the device is in offlin e or flight mo de you must change the p rofile to activat e the p hone funct ion before yo u can make an emergency cal l . Consult this guide o r your service pro vider for more information. When making an emergency call , give all the necessary i nformation as accuratel y as possible. Y our wirel ess device ma y be the only mean s of communicatio n at the scen e of an acc ident. Do no t end t he ca ll until gi ven pe rmiss ion to do so.
133 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . â Ce rtif icat ion inf orm ati on (SA R) THIS DEVICE MEETS INTE RNATIONAL GUID ELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES Your mobile device is a rad io transmitte r and receiver. I t is design ed and manufac tured not to exceed the lim its for exposure to radio fr equency (RF) r ecommended by in ternat ional guideli nes (ICNIRP ) . Thes e limits a re part of comprehensi ve guide lines and es tablish permitte d levels of RF ener gy for the general po pulati on. The guidel ines were developed by ind epende nt scie ntific o rga nizations throu gh p eriodi c and t horo ugh eva luati on of s cienti fic studies. The guideli n es inclu de a subs tantial s afety marg in designed to assure the safety o f all perso ns, regardless of age and health. The exposu re standard for mobile devices emplo ys a unit of measureme nt known as the Specifi c Absorpt ion Rate, o r SAR. The SAR limi t stated in the inter natio nal guide lines is 2.0 watt s/k ilogr am (W /kg) *. Te sts fo r SAR are condu cted using sta ndard o per ating pos ition s with the devi ce transmittin g at its highes t certified power level in all te s ted frequen cy bands. Altho ugh the SAR is dete rmined at the highest certifie d power le vel, the actu al SAR of the device while operat ing can be well belo w the maxi mu m value. Th is is becaus e the device is des igned to operat e at multiple power levels so as to use only the p ower requir ed to reac h the net work. In general, t he clos er you a re to a base s tation, the l ower th e pow er outp ut of t he d evice . The highes t SAR value fo r this devi ce when tested for use at th e ear is 0.72 W/kg. SA R valu es ma y vary depe nding on nat ional repor ting and t estin g requ irem ents a nd th e netw ork ba nd. Us e of d evic e acce ssor ies a nd enh ancem ents m ay re sult i n diffe rent SAR val ues. Add ition al SAR inform atio n may be pro vided und er product inform atio n at www. noki a.c om . * T he SAR limit for mobil e dev ices used by the publ ic is 2.0 W /k g avera ged over t en gra ms o f body ti ssu e. The guid elin es inc or por at e a su bstant ial ma rgi n of saf ety t o gi ve addi tional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR values may var y depe nding on nat ion al re porting requ ireme nts an d th e net work band. Fo r SA R info rmati on in other r egions pleas e look unde r produc t infor mat ion at www.no kia.com .
134 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . Index A access code s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 access ories. See enha ncements . ala rm cl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 ante nna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 appl icati on do wnl oad . . . . . . . . . . 19 appl ication s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 audi ble a ler ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 audi ble s tat us sign als . . . . . . . . . . 71 B barring p assword . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 authentica tion . . . . . . . . . . . 124 charge level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 , 123 installa tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Blue tooth te chnolog y . . . . . . . . . . 74 book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 bro wse r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 appe arance set ti ngs . . . . . . . 112 book marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 brow sing pa ges . . . . . . . . . . . 111 cache memory . . . . . . . . . . . 116 certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 digi t al si gnatu re . . . . . . . . . . 119 scrip t sett ing s . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 se curity m odule . . . . . . . . . . 117 set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 bu sin ess ca rds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 C cache memo ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 cal c ul at or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 cal en d a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 call functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 cal l k e y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 cal l r e gi st er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 call settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 c all back r eques ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 save se nde r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 caller gr oups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 cal ls ans wer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 int er na tio n al . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mak e a v o ice d ia lin g ca ll . . . 67 mak i ng of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 options during call . . . . . . . . 31 recen t calls list . . . . . . . . . . . 58 reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 speed dialling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 car e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 cer ti fic a tes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 certification information . . . . . . 133
135 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . character case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 charge the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 circuit switche d data . . . . . . . . . 121 clock setti ng s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 codes access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 barring p assword . . . . . . . . . . 18 PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 PUK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 secu ri ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 configura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 confi guration s etting serv ice . . . . 18 contact information . . . . . . . . . . . 19 contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 busine ss cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 cal ler grou ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 del ete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 edit d etail s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 my numb ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 my pres ence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 sav e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 sear ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 servic e numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 68 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 speed d ialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 subscribed names . . . . . . . . . . 64 cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 count down time r . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 count ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 CSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 customer service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 D data comm unication . . . . . . . . . 121 date s e tting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 delete e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 mes sa ge s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 dial o ut call (PTT ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 digita l sig natu re . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 disp lay settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 downl oads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 app l ica tio n s . . . . . 19 , 106 , 115 content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 game s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 E ear pi ec e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 EGP RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 e-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 IMAP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 POP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 emergency c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 end ca l l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 end ke y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 enha ncements sett ings . . . . . . . . 79 exp los i ve en v iro nm en ts . . . . . . . 131
136 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . F factory set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 fla sh me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 , 53 my fold ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 othe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 outb ox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 sav ed it ems . . . . . . . . . . . 40 , 44 sent items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 font siz e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 funct ions call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ove rview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 G gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 H handsfr ee. See loud speaker. hea ring ai ds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 he lp te xt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 hi gh- spe ed c ircu it swi tched d ata 121 HSC SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 I IM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 IMAP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 info messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 infrared connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 insta llation battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 SIM ca rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 in stant m ess aging . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 accept in vitation . . . . . . . . . . 48 ava ilabi lity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 co nt ac ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 privat e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 public . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 par ticipate i n a conv ersation 49 read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 reject invitation . . . . . . . . . . . 48 serv ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 start sess ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 unblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Inte rne t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 IR. See in frared. J joysti ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 K key gu a rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 key pa d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 key s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 key gu a rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 keypad lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 selectio n keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
137 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . L languag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 , 35 lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 list of recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 location information . . . . . . . . . . 59 log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 lo udspeake r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 , 31 M maintenan ce . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 , 127 media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 medical d evices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 memory full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 memory in use . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 sta tus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 mes sage cent er numb er . . . . . . . . 37 mess age se tting s e-mai l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 font siz e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 MMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 text mes s ag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 messages del ete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 fla sh me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 info messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 length in dicator . . . . . . . . . . . 38 message counte r . . . . . . . . . . 57 mess age se tting s . . . . . . . . . . 54 service comman ds . . . . . . . . . 54 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 text mes s ag es . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 voic e messages . . . . . . . . . . . 53 write SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 writ e text mes sage . . . . . . . . 38 MMS. Se e multimedia messages. modem se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 mul timedia me ssages . . . . . . . . . 40 my numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 my p resen ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 N navigat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 navig ation key. See jo ystick network EGS M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 GSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 name on dis play . . . . . . . . . . . 26 serv ices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Noki a cont act and su ppor t . . . . . 19 no te al arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 O one-to-o ne call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 one-to-o ne contact add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 operator menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 organi zer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 alarm clo ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 cal en d a r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 cal en d ar no te . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 no te al arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
138 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . PC s ynchroniza tion . . . . . . . . 104 server synchro nization . . . . . 103 synchro nization . . . . . . . . . . 103 to -do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 ove rview funct ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 keys and part s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 P pac ket dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8 , 121 par ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 PC connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 PC Sui te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 synchro nization . . . . . . . . . . 104 pe rson al sh ortcut s . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 pho n e care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 configura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 languag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 maintenan ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 par ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 personaliz e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 phone lock. S ee ke yp ad lo ck. phon ebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 PIN c odes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 POP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Pop- Po rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 posi tion ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 powe r ke y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 power sa ving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 predic tive t ext input . . . . . . . 33 , 34 compou nd wor ds . . . . . . . . . . 34 profil es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 PTT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 ad d a group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 c all back r eques ts . . . . . . . . . . 91 creat e groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 discon nect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 group c all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 make a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 mak e a dial out cal l . . . . . . . . 89 one-to-o ne call . . . . . . . . . . . 90 receive a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 receive an invitati o n . . . . . . . 95 receive call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 set up gro ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 setti ng s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 PTT key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 PUK codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 punctuat ion marks . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Push to talk key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Push to talk. See PTT. . . . . . . . . . . 87 pushed me ssag es . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 R recen t calls list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 record sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 repair service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 ringing tones . . . . . 68 , 70 , 84 , 115
139 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . S saf ety additional information . . . . . 129 certification inform ation . . . 133 emergency calls . . . . . . . . . . 132 enhancemen ts . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 ex pl os ive en vi ro nm en ts . . . . 131 guideli nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 hea ring ai ds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 medical d evices . . . . . . . . . . 129 operatin g environm ent . . . . 129 SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 scree n save r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 scrip t sett ing s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 scroll key. See joy stick secu ri ty codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 se le ct io n ke y s . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 , 26 server synchro nization . . . . . . . . 103 servi ce commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 num be rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 servi ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 call setti n gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 configura tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 displa y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 EGP RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 enha ncements . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 game s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 mes sa ge s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 modem se ttings . . . . . . . . . . . 78 packet da ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 person al s hortc uts . . . . . . . . . 70 phone se ttin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 profil es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 restore factory settings . . . . . 82 serv ice i nb ox . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 th eme s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 walle t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 share d memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 , 70 in st a ndb y mod e . . . . . . . . . . 27 joysti ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 person al l ist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 signa l st reng th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 SIM c ard inst all ation . . . . . . . . . . 20 SIM s ervic es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 temp lates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 SMS e-ma il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 specia l ch aract ers . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 speed dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 , 66 stan dby mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 stopw atch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
140 Copyright é 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved . subscribed names add con tacts . . . . . . . . . . 64 , 65 unsubscribe a contact . . . . . . 65 supp ort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 swit ch on an d off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 synchro nization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 T templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 text character case . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 pred ict ive t ex t inp ut . . . 33 , 34 com pound wor ds . . . . . . . 34 punctua tion ma rks . . . . . . . . . 35 set ting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 special charact ers . . . . . . . . . . 35 tr ad it io na l tex t in p ut . . . 33 , 35 writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 text mes s ag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 time setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 to -do list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 tone s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 tr ad it io na l tex t in p ut . . . . . . . . . . 35 U unlock keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 UPIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 , 22 , 82 V veh ic l es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 vib rati ng ale rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 voic e comma nds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 voic e dialing add v oice ta gs . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 make a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 man ag e v o ice tag s . . . . . . . . . 67 voic e messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 vo ice ta gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 volume keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 W walle t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 co de s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 profil e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 wallpa per . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 , 71 Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 wireless m arkup language . . . . 110 WML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 wrist s trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 writ e text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 writ ing la nguag e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 X XHTML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110